1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil
)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil
)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil
)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil
)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil
)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil
)
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil
)
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil
)
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14565 55609))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil
)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil
)
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil
)
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil
)
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil
)
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
208 the appropriate motion commands).
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
214 with an empty log." t nil
)
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
232 interpreted as `error'.")
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
254 will clear the cache." nil nil
)
256 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
279 Semantics of the various flags:
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
288 advised function should be compiled.
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil
(quote macro
))
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
314 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
324 `separate' attribute set.
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
329 on the format of these lists." t nil
)
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil
)
355 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
360 align that section." t nil
)
362 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
368 been used to align that section." t nil
)
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
376 to be colored." t nil
)
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil
)
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
384 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14546 48005))
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil
)
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil
)
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774))
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil
)
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil
)
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14563 8413))
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
426 as the first thing on a line.")
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
431 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
434 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
443 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
450 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
451 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil
)
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil
)
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
458 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
459 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
460 put in the appointments list.
464 10:00am group meeting
465 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
466 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
467 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil
)
471 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
472 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411
474 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
476 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
477 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
479 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
481 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
482 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
483 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
484 normal variables." t nil
)
486 (fset (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
488 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
489 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
490 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
491 noninteractive functions.
493 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
494 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil
)
496 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
497 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
498 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
499 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
500 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
502 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
503 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
504 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
505 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
506 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil
)
508 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
509 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
510 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
511 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
513 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
517 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14539
519 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
521 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
522 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
523 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
524 Letters no longer insert themselves.
525 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
526 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
528 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
529 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
532 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil
)
536 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
537 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
539 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
540 Major mode for editing arrays.
542 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
543 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
544 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
546 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
548 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
549 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
550 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
552 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
553 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
554 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
555 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
558 Variables you assign:
559 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
560 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
561 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
562 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
563 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
564 row numbers in the buffer.
566 Variables which are calculated:
567 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
568 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
570 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
571 take a numeric prefix argument):
573 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
574 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
575 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
576 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
578 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
579 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
580 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
581 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
583 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
584 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
585 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
586 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
588 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
589 between that of point and mark.
591 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
592 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
594 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
595 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
596 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
597 newlines inside rows)
599 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
601 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil
)
605 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
609 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
610 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
611 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
613 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
614 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
615 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
616 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
618 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
619 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
621 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
622 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
624 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
632 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
636 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
639 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
640 This command is obsolete." t nil
)
644 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
645 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
648 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
649 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil
)
653 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
654 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
655 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
657 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
658 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
659 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil
)
661 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
662 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
663 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
664 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil
)
666 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
667 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
668 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
669 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
671 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
672 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil
)
676 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
677 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
681 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
682 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
683 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil
)
685 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories
) "autoload" "\
686 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
687 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil
)
689 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
690 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
691 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil
)
695 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
696 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
697 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
700 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
701 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
703 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
706 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
707 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
709 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
710 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
712 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert
) (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
714 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote autorevert
))
716 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
717 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
719 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
720 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
721 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil
)
723 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
724 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
726 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
727 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil
)
729 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
730 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
732 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
733 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
734 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil
)
738 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
739 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14539 53646))
740 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
742 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
743 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
744 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
746 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
748 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid
) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
750 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote avoid
))
752 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
753 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
758 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
761 Effects of the different modes:
762 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
763 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
764 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
765 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
766 a random distance & direction.
767 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
768 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
769 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
771 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
773 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
774 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
775 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil
)
779 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
783 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
784 Major mode for editing AWK code.
785 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
786 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
787 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
789 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
790 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
794 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
795 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
798 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
799 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
801 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
802 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
806 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
807 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
808 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
809 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
811 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil
(quote macro
))
813 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
817 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
819 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
821 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
822 Display battery status information in the echo area.
823 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
824 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil
)
826 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
827 Display battery status information in the mode line.
828 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
829 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
830 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
835 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
839 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
840 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
842 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
843 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
844 version information already added. You just need to add a description
845 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
849 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
851 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
852 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
853 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
854 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
855 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
857 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
858 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
859 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
860 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
861 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
862 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
864 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
865 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
871 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
873 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
874 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
875 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
876 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
877 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
878 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
880 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
881 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
883 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
884 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
885 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
887 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
888 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
889 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
891 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
892 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
894 The following may be of interest as well:
902 bibtex-complete-string
904 bibtex-print-help-message
905 bibtex-generate-autokey
906 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
908 bibtex-reposition-window
910 bibtex-ispell-abstract
912 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
921 bibtex-field-delimiters
922 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
923 bibtex-include-OPTkey
924 bibtex-user-optional-fields
926 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
927 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
928 bibtex-entry-field-alist
929 bibtex-predefined-strings
932 ---------------------------------------------------------
933 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
936 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil
)
940 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
942 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
944 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
945 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
950 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
951 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
952 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
953 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
954 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
959 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
960 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
963 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
966 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
967 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
969 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
970 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
972 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
973 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
974 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
975 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
976 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
977 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
981 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
983 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
984 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
985 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
986 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
988 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
989 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
990 denoted by the letter `R'.
992 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
993 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
994 denoted by the letter `H'.
996 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
999 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1000 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1001 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1002 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1003 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1004 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1007 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1008 degree deflection it causes.
1011 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1012 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1013 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1014 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1015 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1016 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1017 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1018 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1021 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1022 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1025 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1026 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1027 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1028 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1029 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1030 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1031 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1032 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1034 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1035 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1036 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1037 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1038 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1039 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1040 emerging from the box.
1042 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1044 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1045 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1046 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1047 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1048 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1049 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1050 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1051 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1053 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1054 a reflection." t nil
)
1058 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1059 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1060 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1061 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1062 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1063 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14531 42950))
1064 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1065 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1066 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1067 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1069 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1070 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1071 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1072 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1073 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1074 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1076 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1078 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1080 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1082 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1084 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1086 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1088 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1090 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1092 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1094 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1096 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1098 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1100 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1102 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook
) (function (lambda nil
(and (featurep (quote bookmark
)) bookmark-alist
(bookmark-time-to-save-p t
) (bookmark-save)))))
1104 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1105 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1106 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1107 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1108 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1109 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1110 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1111 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1114 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1115 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1116 yank successive words.
1118 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1119 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1120 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1121 name of the file being visited.
1123 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1124 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1125 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil
)
1127 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1128 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1129 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1130 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1131 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1134 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1135 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1136 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1137 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil
)
1139 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1140 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1141 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1142 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1143 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil
)
1145 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1146 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1147 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1148 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil
)
1150 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1152 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1153 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1154 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1155 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1157 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1158 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1159 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1161 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1162 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1165 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1166 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1167 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1168 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1169 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1172 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1173 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1174 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1175 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1176 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1177 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1178 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1179 probably because we were called from there." t nil
)
1181 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1182 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1183 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil
)
1185 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1186 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1187 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1188 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1191 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1192 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1193 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1194 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1195 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1197 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1198 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1199 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1200 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil
)
1202 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1203 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1204 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1205 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1206 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1209 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1210 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1211 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1212 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1213 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1216 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1217 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1218 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1219 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil
)
1221 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1222 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1223 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1224 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1225 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil
)
1227 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1229 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1231 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1232 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1233 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1234 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1235 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1238 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1239 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1240 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1242 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1243 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1244 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1245 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1246 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1249 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1250 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1251 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1253 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1254 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1255 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1257 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1258 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1259 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1261 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1262 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1263 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1264 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1265 prompts for NEWNAME.
1266 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1267 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1268 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1270 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1271 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1274 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1275 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1276 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1278 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1279 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1280 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1281 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1282 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1283 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1285 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1286 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1287 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1289 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1291 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1293 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1295 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1297 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1299 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1301 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1303 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1305 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1307 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1309 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1311 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1315 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1316 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1317 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1318 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1319 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1320 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1321 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1322 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1323 ;;;;;; (14558 23455))
1324 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1326 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1327 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1328 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1329 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1331 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1332 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1333 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1334 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1335 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1337 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1338 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1339 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1340 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1341 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1343 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1344 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1346 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1347 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1348 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1350 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1351 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1353 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1354 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1355 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1356 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1357 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1358 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1360 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1361 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1362 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1363 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1366 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1367 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1369 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1370 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1372 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1373 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1374 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1375 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1377 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1378 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1379 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1380 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1382 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1383 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1384 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1385 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1386 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1389 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1390 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1392 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1393 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1396 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1397 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1398 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1403 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1404 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1406 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1407 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1408 program is invoked according to the variable
1409 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1411 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1412 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1413 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1414 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1416 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1417 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1419 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1420 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1421 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1423 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1424 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1425 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1426 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1428 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1429 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1430 Default to the URL around or before point.
1432 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1433 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1434 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1436 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1437 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1438 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1439 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1442 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1444 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1445 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1446 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1448 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1449 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1450 Default to the URL around or before point.
1452 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1453 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1454 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1456 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1457 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1459 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1460 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1461 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1462 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1464 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1465 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1466 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1467 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1468 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1470 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1471 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1472 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1473 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1476 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1477 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1478 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1480 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1481 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1483 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1484 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1485 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1487 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1488 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1489 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1490 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1491 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1494 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1495 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1496 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1497 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1499 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1500 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1502 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1503 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1504 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1505 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1506 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1507 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1511 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1515 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1516 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1518 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1519 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1524 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1527 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1528 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1529 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1530 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1532 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1533 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1534 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1535 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1537 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1538 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1540 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1541 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
1543 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1544 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1545 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1546 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1548 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1549 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1550 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1551 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1552 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1557 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1558 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1559 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14564 35790))
1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1562 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1563 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1564 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1566 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1567 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1568 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1569 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1571 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1572 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1573 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1574 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1576 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1578 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1579 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1581 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1582 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1583 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1584 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1585 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1587 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1588 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1589 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1590 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1592 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1593 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1594 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1596 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1597 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1598 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1599 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1600 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1601 all functions called by those functions.
1603 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1604 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1607 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1608 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1609 invoked interactively." t nil)
1611 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1612 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1613 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1614 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1615 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1616 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1618 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1619 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1620 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1621 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1626 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1628 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1630 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1634 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1635 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1636 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1638 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1639 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1640 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1641 from the cursor position." t nil)
1645 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
1647 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1649 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1650 Run the pocket calculator.
1651 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1655 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1656 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1657 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1658 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1659 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1660 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1661 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1662 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1663 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1664 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1665 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1666 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1667 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1668 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1669 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1670 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1671 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
1672 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1674 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1675 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1676 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1678 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1679 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1680 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1681 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1684 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1685 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1686 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1687 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1688 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1690 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1691 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1692 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1693 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1694 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1695 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1696 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1698 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1699 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1700 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1701 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1702 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1704 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1705 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1706 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1708 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1709 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1710 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1712 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1713 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1714 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1716 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1717 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1718 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1721 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1722 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1723 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1725 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1726 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1727 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1729 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1731 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1732 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1733 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1735 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1738 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1739 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1740 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1742 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1745 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1746 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1747 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1749 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1750 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1751 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1752 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1753 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1755 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1756 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1757 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1758 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1759 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1760 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1761 a function is also provided for this:
1762 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1764 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1765 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1766 date is not visible in the window.
1768 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1769 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1770 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1772 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1773 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1775 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1776 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1777 date is visible in the window.
1779 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1780 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1781 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1783 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1784 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1788 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1790 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1792 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1793 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1795 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1803 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1804 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1805 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1806 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1807 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1808 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1809 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1810 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1813 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1814 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1815 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1823 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1824 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1826 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1827 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1828 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1829 window but will appear in a diary window.
1831 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1832 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1834 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1835 entries (in the default American style):
1837 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1838 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1839 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1841 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1842 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1843 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1844 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1845 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1846 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1847 &* 15 time cards due.
1849 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1850 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1851 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1855 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1856 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1857 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1858 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1859 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1860 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1862 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1863 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1864 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1866 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1868 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1870 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1871 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1872 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1873 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1874 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1875 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1876 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1877 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1878 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1880 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1881 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1882 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1883 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1884 for these functions for details.
1886 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1887 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1889 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1890 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1892 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1893 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1895 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1896 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1898 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1899 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1900 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1902 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1903 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1904 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1906 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1907 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1908 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1909 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1911 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1912 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1913 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1914 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1922 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1923 characters with or without a period.")
1925 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1926 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1927 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1929 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1930 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1931 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1933 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1934 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1935 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1937 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1938 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1939 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1941 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1942 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1943 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1944 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1945 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1946 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1948 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1949 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1950 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1952 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1953 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1954 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1957 #include \"filename\"
1959 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1960 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1961 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1962 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1963 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1965 For example, you could use
1967 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
1968 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
1969 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
1971 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
1972 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
1973 lexicographic order.")
1975 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
1976 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
1977 Can be used for appointment notification.")
1979 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
1980 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
1981 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
1984 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
1985 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
1986 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
1987 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
1988 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
1989 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
1990 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
1992 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
1993 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
1994 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
1995 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
1996 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
1997 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
1998 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
1999 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2001 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2002 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2003 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2004 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2005 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2006 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2008 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2009 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2011 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2012 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2013 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2015 #include \"filename\"
2016 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2017 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2018 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2019 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2020 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2022 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2023 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2024 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2025 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2026 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2027 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2029 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2030 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2031 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2034 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2035 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2036 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2037 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2038 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2040 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2042 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2043 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2044 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2046 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2048 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2050 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2052 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2054 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2056 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2058 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2060 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2061 *User defined holidays.
2062 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2064 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2066 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2068 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2070 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2072 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2074 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2076 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2078 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2080 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2082 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2084 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2086 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2088 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2089 *Christian holidays.
2090 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2092 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2094 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2096 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2098 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2100 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2101 *Sun-related holidays.
2102 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2104 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2106 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2107 The frame set up of the calendar.
2108 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2109 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2110 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2111 any other value the current frame is used.")
2113 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2114 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2115 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
2120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2122 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2123 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2125 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2126 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2128 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2129 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2131 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2132 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2134 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2135 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2137 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2138 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2142 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2143 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2144 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
2145 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2147 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2149 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2150 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2151 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2152 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2153 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2154 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2156 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2158 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2159 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2163 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2165 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2166 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2167 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2168 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2169 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2170 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2173 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2175 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2176 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2177 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2180 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2182 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2183 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2184 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2185 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2186 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2187 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2190 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2192 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2193 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2197 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2199 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2200 Major mode for editing Java code.
2201 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2202 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2203 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2204 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2207 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2209 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2210 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2211 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2212 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2213 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2216 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2218 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2219 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2220 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2221 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2222 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2223 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2226 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2228 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2229 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2230 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2233 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2235 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2236 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2237 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2238 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2239 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2240 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2243 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2245 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2246 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2247 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2250 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2254 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2255 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
2256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2258 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2259 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2260 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2261 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2262 for details of setting up styles.
2264 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2267 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2268 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2269 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2270 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2273 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2274 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2275 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2277 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2278 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2279 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2280 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2282 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2284 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2285 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2286 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2288 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2289 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2290 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2291 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2292 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
2297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2299 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2300 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2301 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2302 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2303 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2305 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2306 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2308 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2313 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2314 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2315 ;;;;;; (14543 61454))
2316 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2318 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2319 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2321 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2322 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2324 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2325 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2327 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2328 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2329 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2330 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2333 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2335 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2336 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2337 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2338 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2340 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2341 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2342 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2343 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2344 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2345 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2347 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2348 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2349 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2353 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2354 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2355 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2356 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2357 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2358 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2359 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2360 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2361 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2364 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2365 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2366 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2367 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2369 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2370 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2371 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2372 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2373 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2374 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2375 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2376 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2378 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2379 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2380 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2381 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2382 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2383 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2384 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2385 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2387 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2388 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2389 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2390 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2391 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2393 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2394 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2395 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2396 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2397 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2399 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2400 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2401 Only documentation strings are checked.
2402 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2403 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2404 a separate buffer." t nil)
2406 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2407 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2408 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2409 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2410 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2412 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2413 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2414 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2415 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2417 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2419 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2420 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2421 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2423 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2424 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2425 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2426 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2427 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2429 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2430 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2431 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2432 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2433 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2434 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2436 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2437 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2438 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2439 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2442 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2443 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2444 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2446 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2447 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2448 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2451 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2452 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2453 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2454 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2456 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2457 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2458 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2459 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2462 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2463 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2464 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2466 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2467 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2468 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2469 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2471 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2472 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2473 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2474 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2476 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2477 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2478 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2479 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2481 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2482 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2483 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2485 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2486 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2487 checking of documentation strings.
2489 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2494 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
2495 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
2496 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
2497 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2499 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
2500 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
2502 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
2503 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
2505 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
2506 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
2508 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2509 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2510 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2512 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2513 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2515 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2516 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2517 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2520 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2524 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2525 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
2526 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2528 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2529 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2530 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2531 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2532 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2533 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2535 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2536 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2537 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2538 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2539 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2541 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2543 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2544 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2545 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2546 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2547 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2549 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2550 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2551 \\{command-history-map}
2553 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2554 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14533 31536))
2559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2561 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2562 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2563 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2564 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2565 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2566 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2568 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2569 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2573 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2574 ;;;;;; (14518 39681))
2575 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2577 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2582 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2585 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2586 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2587 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2588 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2590 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2591 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2592 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2594 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2595 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2599 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
2601 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2603 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2604 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2605 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2606 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2607 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2608 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2609 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2610 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2614 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2615 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2616 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
2617 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2619 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2620 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2621 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2624 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2625 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2626 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2627 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2629 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2630 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2631 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2633 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2634 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2635 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2637 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2638 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2639 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2641 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2642 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2644 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2645 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2646 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2648 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2649 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2651 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2652 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2654 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2655 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2656 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2660 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2661 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2662 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14535 44845))
2663 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2665 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2666 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2667 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2668 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2669 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2670 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2671 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2672 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2674 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2676 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2677 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2678 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2679 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2680 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2681 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2683 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2684 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2685 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2687 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2689 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2690 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2691 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2693 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2695 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2696 Send COMMAND to current process.
2697 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2698 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2700 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2701 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2702 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2703 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2707 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2711 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2712 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2713 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2714 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2716 This command pushes the mark in each window
2717 at the prior location of point in that window.
2718 If both windows display the same buffer,
2719 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2720 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2722 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2723 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2724 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2728 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2729 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2730 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2731 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14569 2479))
2732 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2734 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2735 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2737 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2738 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2740 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2741 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2742 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2743 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2744 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2746 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2747 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2748 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2749 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2750 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2752 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2753 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2754 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2755 describing how the process finished.")
2757 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2758 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2759 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2760 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2762 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2763 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2764 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2766 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2767 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2768 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2769 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2771 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2772 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2773 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2774 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2776 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2777 and move to the source code that caused it.
2779 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2780 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2782 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2783 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2784 Then start the next one.
2786 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2787 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2788 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2790 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2791 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2792 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2793 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2794 where grep found matches.
2796 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2797 easily repeat a grep command.
2799 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2800 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2801 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2802 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2804 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2805 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
2806 Collect output in a buffer.
2807 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2808 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2810 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2811 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2813 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2814 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2815 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2816 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2817 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2819 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2821 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2822 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2823 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2824 See `compilation-mode'.
2825 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2827 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2828 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2829 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2830 See `compilation-mode'.
2831 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2833 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2834 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2836 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2837 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2839 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2840 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2841 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2842 and start at the first error.
2844 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2845 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2846 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2847 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2848 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2849 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2851 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2852 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2853 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2855 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2856 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2857 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
2862 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2865 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2866 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2867 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2869 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2870 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2871 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2872 as much as possible.
2874 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2875 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2876 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2877 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2879 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2880 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2881 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2882 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2886 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2887 ;;;;;; (14495 17962))
2888 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2890 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2891 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2895 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
2896 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
2897 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
2898 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
2899 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
2901 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
2902 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
2903 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
2904 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
2907 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
2909 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
2910 | | 1:tc or top-center
2911 | | 2:tr or top-right
2912 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
2913 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
2914 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
2915 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
2916 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
2917 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
2919 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
2920 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
2921 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
2922 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
2925 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
2926 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
2927 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
2929 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
2933 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
2937 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
2940 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
2941 Compose characters in the current region.
2943 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
2945 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
2946 specifying the region.
2948 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2949 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
2951 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
2952 of the text in the region.
2954 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
2956 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
2957 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
2958 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
2959 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
2961 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
2962 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
2965 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2966 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2967 text in the composition." t nil)
2969 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
2970 Decompose text in the current region.
2972 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
2973 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
2975 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
2976 Compose characters in string STRING.
2978 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
2979 the characters in it.
2981 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
2982 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
2983 STRING respectively.
2985 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2986 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
2987 `compose-region' for more detail.
2989 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2990 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2991 text in the composition." nil nil)
2993 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
2994 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
2996 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
2997 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
2998 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
2999 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3000 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3001 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3002 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3003 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3005 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3006 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3008 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3009 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3011 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3012 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3014 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3015 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3017 If no composition is found, return nil.
3019 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3020 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3022 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3023 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3024 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3026 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3028 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3030 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3031 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3032 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3034 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3036 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3037 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
3039 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
3040 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
3042 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
3043 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
3044 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
3045 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
3046 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
3048 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
3049 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3051 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3052 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3054 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3055 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3056 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3057 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3058 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3059 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3060 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3063 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3065 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3066 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3068 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3070 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3072 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3073 Compose last characters.
3074 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3075 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3076 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3077 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3078 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3079 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3080 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3082 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3083 Convert CHAR to string.
3084 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3086 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3087 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3088 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3092 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3093 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3096 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3097 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3098 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3100 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3101 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3102 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3104 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3105 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3106 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3107 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3109 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3110 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3114 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3115 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
3116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3118 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3119 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3120 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3121 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3122 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3123 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3125 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3126 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3130 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3131 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
3132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3134 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3135 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3136 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3137 Tab indents for Perl code.
3138 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3139 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3141 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3142 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3143 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3144 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3145 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3146 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3147 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3148 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3149 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3150 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3151 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3152 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3154 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3156 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3157 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3159 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3161 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3162 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3163 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3164 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3165 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3166 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3167 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3168 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3169 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3171 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3175 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3176 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3177 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3180 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3181 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3182 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3184 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3186 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3187 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3188 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3189 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3190 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3192 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3202 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3203 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3204 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3205 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3206 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3207 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3208 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3209 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3210 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3211 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3212 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3213 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3214 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3216 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3217 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3218 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3219 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3220 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3221 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3223 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3224 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3227 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3228 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3229 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3230 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3231 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3233 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3234 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3235 span the needed amount of lines.
3237 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3238 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3239 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3240 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3242 Variables controlling indentation style:
3243 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3244 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3245 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3246 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3247 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3248 `cperl-auto-newline'
3249 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3250 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3251 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3252 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3253 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3254 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3255 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3256 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3257 `cperl-indent-level'
3258 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3259 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3260 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3261 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3262 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3263 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3264 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3265 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3266 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3267 `cperl-brace-offset'
3268 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3269 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3270 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3271 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3272 `cperl-label-offset'
3273 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3274 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3275 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3277 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3278 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3279 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3280 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3281 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3283 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3284 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3285 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3286 \(both available from menu).
3288 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3289 column 0 is indented on
3290 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3292 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3295 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3296 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3297 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3301 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3302 ;;;;;; (14568 36509))
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3305 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3306 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3307 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3308 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3309 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3311 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3312 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3316 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3317 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
3318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3320 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3321 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3322 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3323 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3326 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3328 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3330 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3332 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3333 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
3334 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3338 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3339 ;;;;;; (14600 8203))
3340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3342 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3343 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3344 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3345 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3347 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3348 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3349 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3350 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3352 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3353 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3354 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3356 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3357 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3360 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3361 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3362 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3364 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3366 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3367 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3368 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3372 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3373 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3374 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3375 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3376 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3377 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3378 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3379 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3380 ;;;;;; (14599 11147))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3382 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3384 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3385 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3387 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3388 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3390 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3391 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3393 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3395 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3396 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3398 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3399 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3401 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3402 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3404 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3405 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3407 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3408 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3410 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3412 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3413 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3414 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3415 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3417 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3418 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3420 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3421 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3423 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3424 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3426 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3428 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3429 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3430 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3431 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3432 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3434 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3435 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3437 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3438 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3440 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3442 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3443 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3445 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3446 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3447 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3448 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3449 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3451 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3452 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3455 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3457 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3458 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3459 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3461 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3462 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3463 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3465 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3466 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3468 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3469 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3471 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3472 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3474 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3475 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3476 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3477 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3478 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3479 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3480 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3482 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3483 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3484 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3486 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3487 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3489 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3490 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3492 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3493 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3494 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3495 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3496 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3497 that option." nil nil)
3499 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3500 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3501 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3502 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3503 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3504 that option." nil nil)
3506 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3507 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3509 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3510 File used for storing customization information.
3511 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3512 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3513 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3515 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3516 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3517 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3518 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3520 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3521 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3523 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3524 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3526 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3527 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3528 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3530 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3531 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3532 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3533 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3534 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3538 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3539 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14505 58892))
3540 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3542 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3543 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3545 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3546 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3547 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3549 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3551 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3552 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3553 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3555 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3559 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
3560 ;;;;;; (14552 48684))
3561 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
3563 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
3564 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
3568 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3569 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
3570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3572 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3573 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3575 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3576 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3577 C++ modes are included.
3579 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3581 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3584 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3585 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3587 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3588 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3590 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3594 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3595 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
3596 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
3597 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
3598 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3600 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3601 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
3603 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3604 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
3606 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3607 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
3609 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3610 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3612 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3613 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3615 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3616 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3617 For readability, the table is slightly
3618 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3620 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3621 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3622 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3623 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3624 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3628 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3629 ;;;;;; (14568 46430))
3630 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3632 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3634 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3636 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3637 Completion on current word.
3638 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3639 and presents suggestions for completion.
3641 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3642 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3645 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3646 then it searches *all* buffers.
3648 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3649 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3651 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3652 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3654 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3655 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3656 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3657 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3658 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3660 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3661 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3663 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3664 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3665 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3667 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3668 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3670 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3678 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3679 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3681 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3682 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3683 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3685 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3686 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3687 Data lines are not indented.
3692 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3694 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3695 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3696 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3697 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3699 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3702 Extra indentation within blocks.
3704 dcl-continuation-offset
3705 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3708 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3710 dcl-margin-label-offset
3711 Indentation for a label.
3713 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3714 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3716 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3717 dcl-block-end-regexp
3718 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3719 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3720 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3721 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3722 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3724 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3725 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3726 Two such functions are included in the package:
3727 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3728 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3730 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3731 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3732 One such function is included in the package:
3733 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3735 dcl-tab-always-indent
3736 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3737 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3740 dcl-electric-characters
3741 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3744 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3745 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3746 which words trigger electric indentation.
3749 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3750 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3751 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3753 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3754 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3755 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3756 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3758 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3759 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3760 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3761 dcl-imenu-label-call
3762 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3764 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3765 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3766 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3767 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3770 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3772 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3773 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3774 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3776 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3777 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3781 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3782 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3783 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3784 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3785 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3786 \"lined up with the command line\"
3788 Data lines are not indented at all.
3789 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3796 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3797 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
3798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3800 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3802 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3803 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3804 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3807 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3808 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3809 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3811 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3812 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3813 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3814 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3815 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3816 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3817 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3819 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3820 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3821 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3825 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3826 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3829 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3830 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3832 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3833 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3834 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3835 Upper-case letters are commands.
3837 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3840 The most useful commands are:
3841 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3842 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3843 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3844 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3845 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3846 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3850 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3851 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
3852 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3854 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3855 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3857 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3859 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3860 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3862 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3866 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
3868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3870 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3871 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3872 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3873 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3874 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3875 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3877 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3881 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3882 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3883 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3884 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3885 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3886 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3887 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3888 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3889 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3890 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3891 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3892 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3894 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3895 Directories to search when finding external units.
3896 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3897 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3901 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3902 Face used to color delphi comments.
3903 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3904 Face used to color delphi strings.
3905 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3906 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3907 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3908 Face used to color everything else.
3910 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3911 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3915 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3916 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
3917 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3919 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3921 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3922 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3923 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3926 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3927 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3928 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3929 any selection." t nil)
3931 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3932 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3933 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3934 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3935 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3937 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3939 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3943 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
3944 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
3945 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3947 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3948 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
3949 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3950 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3951 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3955 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3956 ;;;;;; (14598 57772))
3957 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3959 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3960 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3961 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3963 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3964 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3965 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3966 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3970 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
3971 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
3972 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
3973 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
3974 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
3975 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
3976 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
3977 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14423 51006))
3978 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
3980 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
3981 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
3983 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3984 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
3985 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3987 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
3988 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
3989 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3991 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
3992 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
3993 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3994 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3996 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
3997 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
3998 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3999 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4001 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4002 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4004 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4005 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4006 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4008 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4009 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4011 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4013 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4015 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4017 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4018 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4020 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4022 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4023 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4025 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4027 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4029 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4033 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4034 ;;;;;; (14587 2634))
4035 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4037 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4038 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4039 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4040 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4041 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4043 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4044 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4045 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4047 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4048 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4049 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4050 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4053 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4055 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4056 european-calendar-style t \\
4057 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4058 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4059 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4061 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4062 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4063 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4064 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4068 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4069 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4070 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4072 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4073 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4075 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4076 *The command to use to run diff.")
4078 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4079 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4080 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4081 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4082 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4084 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4085 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4086 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4087 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4088 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4092 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4093 ;;;;;; (14552 48685))
4094 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4096 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4097 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4098 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4099 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4100 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4101 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4103 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4104 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4105 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4109 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4110 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4111 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4112 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4113 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14600 27076))
4114 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4116 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4117 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4118 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4119 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4120 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4122 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4123 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4125 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4126 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4127 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4128 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4129 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4131 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4132 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4134 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4135 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4136 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4137 always set this variable to t.")
4139 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4140 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4141 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4142 A value of t means move to first file.")
4144 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4145 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4146 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4147 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4148 are afterward marked with that character.")
4150 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4151 *Controls marking of copied files.
4152 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4153 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4155 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4156 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4157 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4158 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4160 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4161 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4162 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4163 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4165 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4166 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4167 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4168 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4170 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4172 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4173 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4174 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4175 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4177 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4178 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4179 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4180 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4181 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4182 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4183 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4184 list of files to make directory entries for.
4185 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4186 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4187 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4188 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4190 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4191 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4193 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4194 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4195 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4197 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4198 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4200 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4201 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4205 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
4206 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
4207 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
4208 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase
4209 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4210 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4211 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4212 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4213 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4214 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4215 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4216 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4217 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14506 36592))
4218 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4220 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4221 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4222 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4223 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4224 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4225 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4227 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4228 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4229 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4230 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4231 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4232 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4234 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4235 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4236 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4238 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4239 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4241 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4242 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4244 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4245 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4246 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4247 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4249 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4250 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4251 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4252 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4253 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4255 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4257 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4258 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4259 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4261 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4262 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4263 instead of att the end of the command.
4265 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4266 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4267 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4269 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4270 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4272 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4273 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4275 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4276 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4277 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4278 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4279 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4280 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4282 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4284 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4285 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4287 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4288 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4290 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4291 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4293 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4294 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4295 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4296 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4298 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4300 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4302 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4304 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4306 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4308 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4309 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4311 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4312 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4313 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4314 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4315 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4316 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4317 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4319 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4320 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4321 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4322 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4323 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4324 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4326 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4327 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4328 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4329 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4330 and new hard links are made in that directory
4331 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4333 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4334 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4335 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4336 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4338 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4339 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4340 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4341 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4342 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4343 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4345 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4346 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4348 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4349 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4350 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4352 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4353 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4354 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4356 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4357 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4358 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4360 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4361 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4363 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4364 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4366 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4367 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4368 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4369 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4370 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4371 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4373 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4375 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4376 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4377 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4378 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4379 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4380 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4382 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4384 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4385 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4386 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4388 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4389 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4390 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4391 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4393 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4394 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4395 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4396 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4398 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4399 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4400 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4402 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4403 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4405 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4406 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4408 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4409 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4410 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4411 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4413 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4414 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4415 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4416 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4418 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4419 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4420 Stops when a match is found.
4421 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4423 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
4424 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4425 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4426 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4427 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4431 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
4432 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4434 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4435 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4436 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4437 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4438 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4439 buffer and try again." t nil)
4443 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4446 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4447 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4448 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4450 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4452 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4453 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4455 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4456 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4461 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4465 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4466 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4467 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4468 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4469 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4470 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4474 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4475 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4476 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4477 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4478 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
4479 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4481 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4482 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4484 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4485 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4486 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4487 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4488 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4490 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4491 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4492 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4493 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4494 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4496 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4497 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4499 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4500 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4502 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4503 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4505 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4506 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4508 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4509 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4511 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4512 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4513 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4514 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4516 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4517 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4518 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4521 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4522 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4524 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
4526 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4527 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4529 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4530 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4531 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4532 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4534 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4535 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4536 European character display.
4538 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4539 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4540 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4541 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4543 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4544 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4545 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4546 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4547 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4551 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4552 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4553 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4555 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4556 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4557 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4558 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4559 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4560 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4561 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4562 Default is 2." t nil)
4566 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4567 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4569 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4570 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4574 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4575 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4576 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4578 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4581 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4583 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4585 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4587 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4589 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4591 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4592 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4596 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4597 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4599 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4600 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4604 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4605 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
4606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4608 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4609 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4613 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
4614 ;;;;;; define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
4615 ;;;;;; (14552 48943))
4616 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4618 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4620 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4621 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4622 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
4623 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
4625 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4626 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4627 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
4628 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4629 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4630 in order to build a valid keymap.
4631 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4632 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
4634 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4636 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4638 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4639 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4641 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4643 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4644 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4645 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4646 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4647 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4648 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4649 hooks for the new mode.
4651 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4653 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4655 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4656 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4657 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4659 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4660 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4662 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4663 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4664 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4666 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4667 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4671 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4672 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14574
4674 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4676 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4677 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4678 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4679 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4681 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4682 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4686 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4691 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4692 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4696 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4697 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4699 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4701 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4703 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4705 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4706 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4708 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4709 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4711 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4713 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4715 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4719 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4720 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4721 computed automatically.
4722 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4726 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4728 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4729 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4730 keyboard equivalent.
4734 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4735 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4739 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4740 expression has a non-nil value.
4744 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4748 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4752 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4753 radio: A radio button.
4754 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4755 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4757 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4761 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4762 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4766 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
4768 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4769 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4770 as a solid horizontal line.
4772 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4774 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4776 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4777 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4778 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4779 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4781 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4782 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4783 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4784 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4785 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4786 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4788 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4789 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4790 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4792 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4793 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
4798 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
4799 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
4800 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
4801 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
4802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
4804 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
4805 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
4807 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4808 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4810 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
4811 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
4814 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
4815 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
4816 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
4817 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
4819 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4820 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
4821 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
4823 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4824 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4825 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
4826 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
4828 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4830 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4831 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
4832 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
4834 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4836 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4837 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
4839 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4840 The EPS file name has the following form:
4842 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4844 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4845 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4847 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4848 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4849 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4850 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4852 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4854 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4855 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
4857 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4858 The EPS file name has the following form:
4860 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4862 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4863 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4865 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4866 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4867 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4868 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4870 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4872 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
4874 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4875 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
4877 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4878 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
4880 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
4881 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
4883 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4884 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
4886 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4887 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
4889 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4890 Set STYLE to current style.
4892 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4894 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4895 Reset current style.
4897 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4899 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4900 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
4902 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4904 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4905 Pop a style and set it to current style.
4907 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4911 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
4912 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
4913 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14597
4915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
4917 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
4918 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
4919 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
4920 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
4921 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
4922 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
4924 Tree mode key bindings:
4925 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
4927 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
4928 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
4930 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.\nA second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. \nA call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with\ncompletion." t nil)
4932 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
4933 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
4934 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
4935 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
4937 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
4938 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
4939 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
4941 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
4942 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
4943 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
4944 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
4948 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4949 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
4950 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4952 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4953 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4954 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4955 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4957 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4958 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4959 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4961 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
4962 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
4963 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
4965 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
4967 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
4971 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
4972 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
4973 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
4975 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
4976 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
4977 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
4981 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
4982 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14583 8560))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
4985 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
4986 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
4987 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
4988 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
4989 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
4991 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
4992 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
4993 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
4994 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
4996 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
4997 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
4998 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
4999 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5001 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5002 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5003 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5004 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5006 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5008 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5009 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5010 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5011 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5012 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5016 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5017 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5018 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5019 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5020 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5021 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5022 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5023 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5024 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5025 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
5026 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5028 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5029 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5031 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5032 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5034 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5036 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5038 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5039 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5041 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5043 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5044 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5046 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5048 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5049 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5050 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5051 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5053 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5055 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5056 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5057 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5058 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5060 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5062 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5063 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5064 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5065 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5067 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5069 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5070 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5071 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5072 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5074 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5076 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5077 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5078 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5079 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5080 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5081 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5083 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5084 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5085 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5086 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5088 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5090 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5091 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5092 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5093 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5095 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5097 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5099 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5100 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5101 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5103 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5104 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5106 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5107 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5108 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5110 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5111 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5113 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5114 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5115 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5116 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5117 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5119 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5120 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5121 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5122 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5123 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5124 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5126 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5128 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5129 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5131 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5132 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5134 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5136 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5137 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5139 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5140 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5142 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5143 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5144 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5147 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5148 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5149 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5152 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5153 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5154 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5155 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5157 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5158 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5159 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5160 and don't ask the user.
5161 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5162 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5164 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5165 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5167 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5169 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5171 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5172 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5173 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5174 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5176 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5178 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5179 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5180 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5182 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5183 Display Ediff's manual.
5184 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5188 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5189 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
5190 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5192 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5197 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5199 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5201 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5203 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5207 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5208 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
5209 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5211 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5212 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5214 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5218 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5219 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5220 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5222 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5223 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5224 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5227 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5228 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5229 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5230 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5234 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5235 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5236 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
5237 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5238 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5240 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5241 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5242 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5244 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5245 Edit a keyboard macro.
5246 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5247 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5248 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5250 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5252 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5253 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5255 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5256 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5258 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5259 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5260 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5261 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5262 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5263 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5265 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5266 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5267 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5268 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5270 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5271 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5272 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5273 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5274 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5275 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5279 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5283 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5284 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5288 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5289 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
5290 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5292 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5293 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5294 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5295 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5296 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5297 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5298 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5299 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5301 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5302 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5304 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5305 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5306 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5307 this value is non-nil.
5309 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5310 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
5313 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5314 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5315 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5317 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5321 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
5322 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
5323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5325 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5326 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5328 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5329 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5330 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5331 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5332 from the documentation string if possible.
5334 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5337 This variable is buffer-local.")
5339 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5340 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5341 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5343 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5345 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5346 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5348 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5349 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5353 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
5355 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5357 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5358 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5360 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5361 an elided material again.
5363 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5367 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5368 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5369 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5371 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5372 Initialize elint." t nil)
5376 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
5377 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
5378 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
5379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5381 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5382 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5383 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5385 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5386 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5387 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5389 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5390 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5391 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5393 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5394 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5395 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5397 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5399 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5400 Display current profiling results.
5401 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5402 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5405 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
5406 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
5410 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5411 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5414 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5415 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5416 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5420 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5421 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5422 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5423 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5424 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
5425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5427 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5429 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5431 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5433 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5435 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5437 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5439 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5441 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5443 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5445 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5446 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5448 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5449 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5451 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5452 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5454 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5455 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5457 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5459 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5461 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5463 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5465 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5466 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5468 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5469 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5471 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5475 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5477 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5479 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5480 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5481 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5483 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5484 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5487 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5488 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5489 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5493 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5494 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14539 53665))
5495 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5497 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5498 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5499 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5500 text/enriched format.
5501 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5503 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5504 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5508 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5510 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5512 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5516 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
5519 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
5520 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
5521 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
5522 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
5524 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
5525 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
5526 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
5528 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
5532 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5533 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5534 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5535 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5536 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
5537 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14600
5539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5541 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5542 *File name of tags table.
5543 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5544 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5545 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5546 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5548 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
5549 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
5550 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
5551 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
5553 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5554 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5555 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5556 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5557 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5558 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5560 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5561 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5562 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5563 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5564 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5566 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5567 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5568 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5569 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5571 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5572 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5573 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5574 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5575 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5577 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5578 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5579 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5580 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5582 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5583 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5584 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5585 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5586 file the tag was in." t nil)
5588 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5589 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5590 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5591 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5592 without directory names." nil nil)
5594 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5595 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5596 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5597 but does not select the buffer.
5598 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5600 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5601 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5602 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5603 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5604 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5606 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5608 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5609 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5610 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5612 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5614 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5615 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5616 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5617 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5619 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5620 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5621 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5622 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5623 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5625 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5627 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5628 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5629 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5631 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5632 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5634 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5635 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5636 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5637 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5638 around or before point.
5640 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5641 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5642 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5643 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5644 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5646 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5648 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5649 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5650 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5652 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5653 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5655 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5656 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5657 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5658 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5659 around or before point.
5661 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5662 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5663 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5664 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5665 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5667 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5669 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5670 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5671 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5673 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5674 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
5676 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
5677 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
5678 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
5680 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5681 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5682 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5683 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5684 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5686 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5688 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5689 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5690 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5692 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5693 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5694 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5696 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5697 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5699 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5700 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5701 where they were found." t nil)
5703 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5704 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5706 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5707 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5708 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5710 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5711 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5713 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5714 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5716 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5717 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5718 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5719 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5721 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5722 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5723 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5724 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5725 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5726 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5728 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5729 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5730 Stops when a match is found.
5731 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5733 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5735 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5736 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5737 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5738 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5739 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5741 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5743 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5744 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5745 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5746 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5747 directory specification." t nil)
5749 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5750 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5752 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5753 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5754 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5755 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5757 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5758 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5759 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5760 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5761 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5765 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5766 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5767 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5768 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5769 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5770 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5771 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
5772 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
5773 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
5774 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5776 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
5777 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
5779 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5781 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5782 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5783 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5784 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5786 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5787 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5790 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5791 even if the buffer is read-only.
5793 See also the descriptions of the variables
5794 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5795 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5797 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5798 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5800 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5801 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5803 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5804 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5807 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5808 buffer is read-only.
5810 See also the descriptions of the variables
5811 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5812 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5814 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5815 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5816 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5818 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5819 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5821 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5822 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5824 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5825 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5827 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5828 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5829 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5830 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5832 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5833 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5834 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5835 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5837 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5838 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5839 the primary language.
5841 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5842 buffer is read-only.
5844 See also the descriptions of the variables
5845 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5846 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5848 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5849 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5850 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5851 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5853 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5854 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5857 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5858 buffer is read-only.
5860 See also the descriptions of the variables
5861 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5862 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5864 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5865 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5866 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5868 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5869 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5871 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5872 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5873 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5874 3) convert the body into SERA.
5876 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5878 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5879 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5880 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5882 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5883 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5885 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5886 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5888 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5889 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5892 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5893 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5894 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5896 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5898 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5899 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5901 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5902 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5903 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5905 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5906 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5908 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5909 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5911 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5912 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5914 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5915 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5917 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5918 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5920 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5921 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5923 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5924 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5928 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
5929 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
5930 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
5931 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
5933 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
5934 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
5935 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
5936 server for future sessions." t nil)
5938 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
5939 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5941 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
5942 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5944 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
5945 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
5946 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
5947 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
5948 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
5949 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
5950 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
5951 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
5952 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
5953 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
5954 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
5955 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
5957 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
5958 Display a form to query the directory server.
5959 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
5960 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
5962 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
5963 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
5964 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
5966 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version
) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
5970 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
5971 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
5972 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
5973 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
5975 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
5976 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil
)
5978 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
5979 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil
)
5981 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
5982 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil
)
5984 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
5985 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil
)
5987 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
5988 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil
)
5992 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
5993 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
5994 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
5996 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
5997 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
5998 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil
)
6000 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
6001 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil
)
6005 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6006 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6009 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6010 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil
)
6014 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
6015 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
6016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6018 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
6019 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6020 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6021 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6022 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6025 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
6026 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6027 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil
)
6031 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6032 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
6033 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6035 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
6036 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6037 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6038 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6040 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6042 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6043 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6044 to generate such functions.
6046 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6047 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6048 beginning of the expanded text.
6050 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6051 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6052 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6053 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6055 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil
)
6057 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
6058 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6059 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6061 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
6062 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6063 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6064 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
6065 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
6069 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14546 35423))
6070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6072 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
6073 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6075 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6076 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6077 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6079 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6084 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6087 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6089 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6091 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6093 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6095 f90-continuation-indent
6096 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6098 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6099 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6100 f90-indented-comment-re
6101 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6103 f90-directive-comment-re
6104 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6105 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6106 f90-break-delimiters
6107 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6108 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6109 f90-break-before-delimiters
6110 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6112 f90-beginning-ampersand
6113 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6115 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6116 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6117 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6118 f90-auto-keyword-case
6119 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6120 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6122 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6124 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6126 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6128 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6129 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
6133 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6134 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6135 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6136 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6137 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14539 53665))
6138 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6139 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
6140 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
6142 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
6143 Menu keymap for faces.")
6145 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
6147 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
6148 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6150 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
6152 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
6153 Menu keymap for background colors")
6155 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
6157 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6158 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6160 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6162 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6163 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6165 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6167 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6168 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6170 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6172 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6173 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6175 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6177 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6179 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6181 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6183 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6184 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6185 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6186 will not show through at all will be removed.
6188 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6190 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6191 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6193 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6194 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6195 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6197 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6198 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
6199 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6200 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6201 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6202 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6203 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6204 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6206 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6207 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
6208 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6209 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6210 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6211 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6212 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6213 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6215 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6216 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
6217 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6218 is the menu item's name.
6220 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6221 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6223 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6224 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6225 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6227 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6228 Make the region invisible.
6229 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6230 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6232 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6233 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6234 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6235 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6237 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6238 Make the region unmodifiable.
6239 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6240 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6242 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6243 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6245 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6246 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6248 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6249 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6250 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6252 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6253 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6255 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6256 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6258 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6259 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6260 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6261 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6262 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6266 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6267 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6268 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6270 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6271 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6272 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6273 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6275 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6277 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6278 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6279 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6281 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6282 - When you save the file's buffer.
6283 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6284 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6285 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6286 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6288 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6290 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6291 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6292 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6293 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6295 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6296 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6298 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6302 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6303 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6304 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
6305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6307 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6308 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6310 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6311 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6312 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6313 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6315 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6316 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6317 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6318 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6319 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6321 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6322 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6323 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6324 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6325 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6326 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6327 internally by feedmail):
6329 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6330 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6331 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6332 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6334 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6335 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6336 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6337 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6338 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6342 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6343 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705))
6344 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6346 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6347 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6348 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6349 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6350 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6351 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6352 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6354 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6355 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6356 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6357 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6358 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6359 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6360 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6362 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6363 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6365 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6366 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6367 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6368 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6369 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6370 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6372 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6373 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6374 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6376 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6377 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6378 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6380 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6381 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6385 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6386 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6389 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6390 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6391 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6392 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6393 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6394 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6395 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6396 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6397 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6398 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6402 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6403 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
6404 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6406 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6407 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6408 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6409 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6410 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6412 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6413 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6414 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6415 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6417 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6418 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6419 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6421 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6423 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6424 as the final argument." t nil)
6426 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6427 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6428 and run dired on those files.
6429 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6430 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6432 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6434 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6435 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6436 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6438 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6440 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6444 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6445 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6446 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
6447 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6449 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6450 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6451 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
6453 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6455 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6456 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6457 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6459 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6460 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6462 Variables of interest include:
6464 - ff-case-fold-search
6465 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
6466 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6468 - ff-always-in-other-window
6469 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6470 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
6473 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6475 - ff-always-try-to-create
6476 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6479 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6481 - ff-special-constructs
6482 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6483 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6484 extracting the filename from that construct.
6486 - ff-other-file-alist
6487 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6489 - ff-search-directories
6490 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6491 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
6494 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6497 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6499 - ff-post-load-hooks
6500 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6502 - ff-not-found-hooks
6503 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6505 - ff-file-created-hooks
6506 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6508 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6509 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6511 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6512 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6516 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6517 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6518 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6519 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6520 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6521 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6524 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6525 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6527 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6528 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6531 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6532 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6533 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6535 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6536 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6538 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6539 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6540 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6541 it is one of the current buffers.
6543 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6544 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6545 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6547 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6548 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6550 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6552 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6553 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6555 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6557 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6558 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6560 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6561 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6564 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6565 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6567 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6568 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6570 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6571 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6572 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6573 it is one of the current buffers.
6575 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6576 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6577 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6579 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6580 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6582 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6584 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6585 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6587 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6589 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6590 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6591 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6593 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6594 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6596 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6597 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6599 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6600 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6604 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
6605 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14576 32883))
6606 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
6608 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
6609 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
6611 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
6612 Display FILE's commentary section.
6613 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
6615 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
6616 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
6620 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
6621 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
6622 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
6624 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
6625 Toggle flow control handling.
6626 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
6627 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
6629 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
6630 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
6631 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
6632 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
6633 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
6634 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
6638 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
6639 ;;;;;; (14512 26322))
6640 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
6642 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
6643 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
6644 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
6645 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
6646 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
6647 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
6650 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
6651 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
6652 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
6655 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
6658 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
6659 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
6660 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
6662 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
6664 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
6665 in your .emacs file.
6667 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
6669 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
6671 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
6672 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
6676 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
6677 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
6678 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
6679 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
6681 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6682 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6684 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6685 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6687 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
6688 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
6690 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
6691 of two major techniques:
6693 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
6694 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
6695 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
6697 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
6698 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
6699 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
6702 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
6703 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
6704 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
6705 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
6706 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
6709 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
6710 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
6712 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
6714 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
6715 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
6716 \(This is the default.)
6718 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
6719 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
6721 Keys specific to Follow mode:
6722 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
6724 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
6725 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
6727 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
6728 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
6729 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
6730 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
6731 two windows always will display two successive pages.
6732 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
6734 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
6735 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
6736 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
6738 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
6739 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
6740 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
6744 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
6745 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
6746 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
6747 ;;;;;; (14546 54851))
6748 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
6750 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6751 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
6753 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6754 Toggle Font Lock mode.
6755 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6757 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6759 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6760 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6761 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
6762 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6764 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
6765 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6767 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
6769 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
6770 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
6771 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6773 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6775 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
6776 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
6777 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6778 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6779 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6780 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6782 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6783 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6785 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6786 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6788 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6789 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6790 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6792 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6793 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6795 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6796 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6797 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6799 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6800 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6801 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6803 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6804 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6805 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6807 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6808 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6809 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6810 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6811 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6812 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6813 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6814 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6815 end of the current highlighting list.
6819 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6820 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6821 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6823 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6824 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6826 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6827 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6828 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6830 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6831 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6833 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6834 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
6836 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6837 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6838 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6839 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6840 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6842 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6843 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6845 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6846 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6847 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6848 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6849 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6850 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6852 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6854 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6856 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6857 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6861 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6862 ;;;;;; (14551 28678))
6863 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6865 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6866 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6867 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6868 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6869 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6871 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
6874 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6875 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6877 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6881 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
6883 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
6885 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
6886 Toggle footnote minor mode.
6887 \\<message-mode-map>
6891 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
6892 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
6893 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
6894 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
6895 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
6896 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
6901 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
6902 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
6903 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
6905 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
6906 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
6908 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
6909 TAB forms-next-field TAB
6910 C-c TAB forms-next-field
6911 C-c < forms-first-record <
6912 C-c > forms-last-record >
6913 C-c ? describe-mode ?
6914 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
6915 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
6916 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
6917 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
6918 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
6919 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
6920 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
6921 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
6922 C-c C-x forms-exit x
6925 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
6926 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
6928 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
6929 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
6933 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
6934 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14537 23071))
6935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
6937 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
6938 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
6939 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
6940 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
6941 with a character in column 6.")
6943 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
6944 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
6945 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
6946 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
6948 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
6952 \\{fortran-mode-map}
6954 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6957 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
6958 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
6960 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6962 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
6963 `fortran-structure-indent'
6964 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
6966 `fortran-continuation-indent'
6967 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
6968 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
6969 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6970 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6971 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6972 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6973 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6974 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6975 (for TAB format continuation style).
6976 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6977 indentation for a line of code.
6979 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6980 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6981 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6982 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6983 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
6984 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6985 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
6986 `fortran-line-number-indent'
6987 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
6988 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
6989 column 5. (default 1)
6990 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
6991 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
6992 statements. (default nil)
6993 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
6994 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
6995 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
6996 statement. (default nil)
6997 `fortran-continuation-string'
6998 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
6999 line. (default \"$\")
7000 `fortran-comment-region'
7001 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7002 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7003 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7004 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7005 as typed. (default t)
7006 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7007 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7010 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7011 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7015 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7016 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
7017 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7019 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7020 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7022 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7023 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7025 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7026 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7029 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7030 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7031 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7032 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7033 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
7034 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7036 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7037 Each keyword should be a string.
7039 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7040 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7042 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
7043 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7044 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7046 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7048 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7050 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7051 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7052 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7053 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7055 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7056 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7060 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7061 ;;;;;; (14568 44804))
7062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7064 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7065 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7066 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7067 at places they belong to." t nil)
7071 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7072 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
7073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7075 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7076 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7078 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7080 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7081 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7082 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7083 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7084 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7086 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7087 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7089 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7090 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7092 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7094 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7095 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7096 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7100 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7101 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7102 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
7103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7105 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7106 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7108 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7109 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7111 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7112 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7113 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7114 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7118 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7119 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7120 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7122 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7123 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7125 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7129 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7130 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
7131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7133 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7134 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
7138 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7139 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
7141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7143 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7144 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7147 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7149 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7150 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7152 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7153 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7157 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7158 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
7159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7161 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7162 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7163 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7165 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7166 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7171 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
7172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7174 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7176 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7177 Run batched scoring.
7178 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7183 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
7184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7186 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7187 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7188 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
7193 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
7194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7196 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7197 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7198 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7199 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
7200 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
7202 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
7203 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
7207 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7208 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
7209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7211 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7212 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7213 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7214 for matching on group names.
7216 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7217 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7219 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7221 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7225 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7226 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
7227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7229 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7230 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7234 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7235 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
7236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7238 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7239 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
7241 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7242 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7246 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7247 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7250 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7251 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7255 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
7256 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7258 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7259 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7260 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7261 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7262 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7264 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7265 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7266 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7268 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7269 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7270 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7274 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7275 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
7276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
7278 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7279 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7280 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7281 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7282 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7284 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7285 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7286 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7287 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7288 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7290 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7291 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7292 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7294 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7296 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7297 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7301 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7304 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7305 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7306 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7307 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7308 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7312 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7313 ;;;;;; (14599 26515))
7314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7316 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7317 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7318 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7319 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7321 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7322 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7323 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7324 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7326 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7327 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7328 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7329 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7331 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7332 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7333 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7334 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7336 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7337 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7339 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7340 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7341 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7342 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7344 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7345 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7346 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7347 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7349 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7350 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7351 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7352 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7353 between it and it's value." t nil)
7354 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7358 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
7360 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7362 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7363 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7364 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7365 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7367 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7368 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7369 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7370 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7374 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7375 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
7376 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7378 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7379 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7381 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7382 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7383 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7384 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7386 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7388 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7389 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7390 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7391 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7392 to be updated." t nil)
7396 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7397 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7398 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7400 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7401 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7402 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7403 and window listing and describing the options.
7404 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7405 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7409 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7410 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
7411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7413 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7414 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7416 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7417 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7421 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7422 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14589 54862))
7423 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7425 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7426 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7427 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7428 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7429 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7431 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7432 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7434 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7435 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7436 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7437 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7439 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7440 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7443 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7448 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7449 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7450 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7451 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7452 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7453 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7454 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7455 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7456 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7457 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7458 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7459 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7460 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7461 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7462 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7464 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7465 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7466 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7468 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7471 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7473 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7474 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7475 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7477 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7478 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7479 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7481 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7482 into the buffer at the current point.
7484 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7485 into the buffer at the current point.
7487 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7488 into the buffer at the current point.
7490 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
7492 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
7493 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
7495 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
7497 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
7499 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
7500 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
7501 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
7503 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
7504 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
7505 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
7509 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
7510 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
7511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
7513 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
7514 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
7516 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
7517 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
7518 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7519 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
7520 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
7521 how the hiding is done:
7524 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
7525 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
7528 hide-ifdef-define-alist
7529 An association list of defined symbol lists.
7530 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7531 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7532 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
7535 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
7536 #endif lines when hiding.
7538 hide-ifdef-initially
7539 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
7542 hide-ifdef-read-only
7543 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
7544 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
7546 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
7548 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
7549 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
7551 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
7552 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
7554 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
7555 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
7559 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
7560 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322))
7561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
7563 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
7564 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
7566 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
7567 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
7568 Each element has the form
7569 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
7571 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
7572 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
7574 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
7575 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
7577 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
7578 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
7579 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
7580 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
7581 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
7583 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
7584 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
7586 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
7587 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
7589 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
7590 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
7591 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
7593 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
7594 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
7595 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7596 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
7597 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
7598 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
7600 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
7601 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
7602 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
7604 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
7605 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
7607 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
7610 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
7614 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
7615 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
7616 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
7617 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
7618 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
7620 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
7622 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
7623 Remove the change face from the region.
7624 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
7626 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
7627 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
7629 Without an argument,
7630 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
7631 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
7632 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
7635 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
7636 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
7637 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
7639 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
7640 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
7641 not displayed in a different face.
7644 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
7645 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
7646 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
7647 buffer with the contents of a file
7648 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
7649 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
7654 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
7655 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
7656 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
7659 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7660 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7662 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7663 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7665 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
7666 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
7668 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
7669 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
7670 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
7671 shown in the last face in the list.
7673 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
7674 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
7675 buffer to be saved):
7676 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
7679 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
7680 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
7682 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
7683 and not in read-only mode.
7685 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
7686 when called interactively.
7688 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
7689 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
7690 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
7692 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
7693 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
7694 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
7696 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
7697 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
7699 When called interactively:
7700 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
7701 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
7702 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
7703 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
7705 When called from a program:
7706 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
7707 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
7708 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
7709 - otherwise just turn it on
7711 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
7712 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
7713 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
7714 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
7718 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
7719 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
7720 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
7721 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
7722 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
7723 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
7725 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
7726 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
7727 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
7728 or insert functions in this list.")
7730 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
7731 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
7733 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
7734 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
7736 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
7737 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
7739 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
7740 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
7742 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
7743 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
7744 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
7746 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
7747 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
7748 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7751 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
7752 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
7753 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7754 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
7755 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
7757 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
7758 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
7759 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
7760 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
7761 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
7763 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
7764 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
7765 undoes the expansion." t nil)
7767 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
7768 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
7769 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
7770 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7778 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
7779 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
7780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7781 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
7783 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7785 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
7787 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7788 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
7790 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7791 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7792 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7796 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7797 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7798 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7800 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7801 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
7803 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
7804 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
7806 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
7810 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
7811 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
7812 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
7814 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
7815 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
7817 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
7818 This function is absolete." t nil)
7820 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
7821 This function is absolete." t nil)
7825 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
7826 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840))
7827 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
7829 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
7830 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
7831 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
7833 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
7834 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
7835 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
7839 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
7840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
7842 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
7843 Major mode for editing Icon code.
7844 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
7845 Tab indents for Icon code.
7846 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
7847 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
7849 Variables controlling indentation style:
7850 icon-tab-always-indent
7851 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
7852 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
7854 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
7855 inserted in Icon code.
7857 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
7858 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
7859 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
7860 icon-continued-statement-offset
7861 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
7862 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
7863 icon-continued-brace-offset
7864 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
7865 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
7867 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
7868 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
7869 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
7870 this far to the right of the start of its line.
7872 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
7873 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7877 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
7878 ;;;;;; (14495 18053))
7879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
7881 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
7882 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
7883 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
7884 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
7886 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
7887 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
7890 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
7892 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
7893 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
7894 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
7896 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7900 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
7901 ;;;;;; (14495 18054))
7902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
7904 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
7905 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
7907 The main features of this mode are
7909 1. Indentation and Formatting
7910 --------------------------
7911 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
7912 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
7914 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
7915 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
7916 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
7917 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
7919 Comments are indented as follows:
7921 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
7922 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
7923 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
7925 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
7927 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
7928 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
7929 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
7930 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
7931 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
7933 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
7934 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
7935 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
7939 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
7940 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
7941 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
7942 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
7943 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
7944 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
7945 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
7949 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
7950 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
7951 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
7952 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
7955 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
7956 --------------------------------
7957 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
7958 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
7960 \\pr PROCEDURE template
7961 \\fu FUNCTION template
7962 \\c CASE statement template
7963 \\f FOR loop template
7964 \\r REPEAT Loop template
7965 \\w WHILE loop template
7966 \\i IF statement template
7967 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
7970 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
7971 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
7973 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
7974 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
7975 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
7977 5. Automatic Case Conversion
7978 -------------------------
7979 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
7980 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
7982 6. Automatic END completion
7983 ------------------------
7984 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
7985 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
7989 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
7990 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
7992 8. Documentation and Customization
7993 -------------------------------
7994 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
7995 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
7996 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
7997 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
7998 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8002 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8003 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8004 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8006 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8010 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8012 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8014 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8015 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8016 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8020 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8021 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8022 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14598 54652))
8023 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8025 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8026 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8027 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8028 be determined." nil nil)
8030 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8031 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8032 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8033 be determined." nil nil)
8035 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8036 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8037 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8039 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8041 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8042 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8043 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8044 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8045 use its file extension.as image type.
8046 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8047 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8048 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
8049 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8051 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8052 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8053 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8054 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8055 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8057 POS may be an integer or marker.
8058 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8059 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8060 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8061 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8063 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8064 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8065 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8066 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
8067 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8068 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8069 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8070 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8072 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8073 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8074 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8075 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8077 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8078 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8080 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8081 documentation string.
8083 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8084 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8085 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8086 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8087 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8088 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8089 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8090 define SYMBOL." nil nil)
8092 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8093 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8095 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8096 documentation string.
8098 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8099 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8100 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8101 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8102 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8103 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8104 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8109 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8110 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8114 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
8115 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
8116 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
8118 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
8119 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
8121 Affects only the mouse index menu.
8123 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
8124 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
8127 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
8129 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
8130 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
8131 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
8133 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
8134 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
8136 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
8137 to create a buffer index.
8139 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
8140 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
8142 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8143 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8144 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8145 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
8146 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8148 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8149 entries are not nested.
8151 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8152 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8153 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8154 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8156 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8157 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8159 The variable is buffer-local.
8161 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8162 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8163 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8165 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8166 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8167 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8168 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8170 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8172 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8173 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8175 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8176 of the current buffer as an alist.
8178 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8179 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8180 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8181 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8182 if it is a sub-alist.
8184 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8186 The variable is buffer-local.")
8188 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8190 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8191 Function for finding the next index position.
8193 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8194 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8195 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8198 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8199 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8201 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8203 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8205 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8206 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8208 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8209 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8210 It should return the name for that index item.
8212 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8214 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8216 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8217 Function to compare string with index item.
8219 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8220 non-nil if they match.
8222 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8223 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8224 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8227 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8229 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8231 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8232 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8233 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8235 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8237 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8239 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8240 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8241 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8242 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8244 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8245 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8247 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8249 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8250 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8251 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8252 for more information." t nil)
8256 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8257 ;;;;;; (14589 55732))
8258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8260 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8261 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8262 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8263 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8264 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8266 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8267 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8269 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8270 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8271 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8272 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8273 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8274 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8275 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8276 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8278 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8279 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8280 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8281 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8282 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8284 More precise choices:
8285 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8286 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8289 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8291 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8292 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8294 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8295 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8296 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8298 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8299 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8300 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8301 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8302 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8304 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8308 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8309 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
8310 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14581 64356))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8313 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8314 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8315 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8317 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8318 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8319 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8320 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8321 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8322 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8324 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8325 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8327 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8328 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8329 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8331 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8332 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8333 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8334 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8336 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
8337 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
8339 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
8340 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
8341 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8342 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8343 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8345 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
8346 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
8347 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
8348 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8349 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8350 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8352 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
8353 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
8354 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
8358 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
8359 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
8360 ;;;;;; (14539 53666))
8361 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
8363 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
8364 Throw away all cached data.
8365 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
8366 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
8369 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
8370 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
8371 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
8372 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
8373 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8374 The default symbol is the one found at point.
8376 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
8378 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
8379 Display the documentation of a file.
8380 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
8381 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
8382 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8383 The default file name is the one found at point.
8385 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
8387 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
8388 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
8390 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
8391 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
8395 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
8396 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
8397 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
8399 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
8400 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
8402 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
8403 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
8404 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
8406 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
8407 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
8408 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
8410 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
8411 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
8412 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
8413 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
8415 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
8416 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
8417 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
8419 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
8420 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
8421 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8422 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8423 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
8427 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
8428 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
8429 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
8430 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
8432 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8433 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
8435 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8436 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
8438 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
8442 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
8443 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
8444 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
8446 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
8447 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
8448 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
8449 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
8450 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
8451 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
8453 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
8454 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
8456 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
8457 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
8458 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
8459 \"s gives German sharp s.
8460 /a gives a with ring.
8461 /e gives an a-e ligature.
8462 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
8463 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
8464 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
8466 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
8467 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
8471 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
8472 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
8473 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
8474 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
8475 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
8477 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
8478 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
8479 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8480 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8481 `format-alist')." t nil)
8483 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
8484 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
8485 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8486 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8487 `format-alist')." t nil)
8489 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
8490 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
8491 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8492 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8493 `format-alist')." t nil)
8495 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8496 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8497 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8498 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8499 `format-alist')." t nil)
8501 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8502 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8503 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8504 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8505 `format-alist')." t nil)
8507 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
8508 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8509 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8510 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8511 `format-alist')." t nil)
8513 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
8514 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8515 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8516 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8517 `format-alist')." t nil)
8519 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
8520 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
8521 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
8522 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8523 `format-alist')." t nil)
8525 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8526 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8527 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
8528 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8529 `format-alist')." t nil)
8531 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8532 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
8534 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8535 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
8537 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
8538 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
8542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
8543 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
8544 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
8545 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
8546 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
8547 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
8551 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
8552 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
8553 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
8554 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
8555 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
8556 ;;;;;; (14587 2706))
8557 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
8559 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
8560 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
8562 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8563 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
8565 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8566 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
8568 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
8569 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
8570 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
8571 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
8573 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
8574 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
8575 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
8577 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
8579 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
8581 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8583 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
8585 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
8587 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8589 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
8590 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
8592 Each element of this list is also a list:
8594 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
8595 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
8597 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
8598 nil means the default dictionary.
8600 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
8603 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
8605 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
8606 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
8607 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
8608 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
8609 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
8610 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
8611 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
8612 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
8613 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
8615 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
8616 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
8619 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
8622 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
8623 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
8624 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
8625 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
8626 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
8627 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
8628 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
8629 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
8631 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
8633 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
8634 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
8635 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
8637 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
8638 Key map for ispell menu.")
8640 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
8641 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
8642 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
8643 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
8645 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
8647 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
8649 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
8651 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer)))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
8653 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
8655 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
8656 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
8657 The alist key must be a regular expression.
8658 Valid forms include:
8659 (KEY) - just skip the key.
8660 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
8661 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
8662 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
8664 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
8665 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
8666 First list is used raw.
8667 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
8669 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
8670 for skipping in latex mode.")
8672 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
8674 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
8675 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
8676 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
8677 in a window allowing you to choose one.
8679 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
8680 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
8681 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
8682 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
8683 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
8685 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
8686 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
8688 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
8690 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
8691 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
8694 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
8695 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
8696 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
8697 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
8698 quit spell session exited." t nil)
8700 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
8701 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
8705 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
8706 SPC: Accept word this time.
8707 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
8708 `a': Accept word for this session.
8709 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
8710 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
8711 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
8712 `?': Show these commands.
8713 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
8714 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
8715 the aborted check to be completed later.
8716 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
8717 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
8718 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
8719 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
8720 `C-l': redraws screen
8721 `C-r': recursive edit
8722 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
8724 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
8725 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
8726 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
8728 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
8729 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
8730 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
8732 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
8734 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
8736 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
8737 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
8738 Return nil if spell session is quit,
8739 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
8741 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
8742 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
8744 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
8745 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
8747 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
8748 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
8750 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
8751 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
8752 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
8753 sequence inside of a word.
8755 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
8757 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
8758 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
8760 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
8761 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
8762 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
8764 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
8765 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
8767 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
8768 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
8770 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
8771 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
8772 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
8773 Don't check included messages.
8775 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
8776 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
8777 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
8779 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
8780 in your .emacs file:
8781 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
8782 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
8783 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
8784 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
8786 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
8787 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
8788 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
8793 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
8794 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14586 61846))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
8797 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8798 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
8799 Return the name of a buffer selected.
8800 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
8801 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
8802 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
8804 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
8805 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
8806 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
8807 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
8809 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8810 Switch to another buffer.
8812 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
8813 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
8814 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
8816 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8818 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
8819 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
8820 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8821 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8823 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8824 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
8825 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8826 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8828 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
8829 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
8830 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8831 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8835 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
8836 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
8837 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
8838 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
8839 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
8842 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
8843 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
8845 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
8847 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
8848 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
8849 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8850 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8851 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
8852 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
8853 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
8854 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
8856 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
8857 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
8858 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8859 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8861 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
8862 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
8863 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8864 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8865 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
8867 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
8868 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
8869 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8870 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8872 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
8873 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
8874 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
8875 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
8877 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
8878 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
8880 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8881 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
8882 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8883 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8884 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
8886 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8887 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
8888 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8889 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8890 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
8892 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
8893 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
8894 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
8898 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
8899 ;;;;;; (14577 45436))
8900 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
8902 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
8903 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
8904 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8905 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
8907 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
8910 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
8911 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
8912 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
8913 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
8914 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
8916 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8917 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8918 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8919 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8921 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
8922 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
8923 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
8924 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
8925 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
8926 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
8927 strings or comments span lines.
8929 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8930 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8931 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8932 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
8934 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
8935 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
8939 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
8940 ;;;;;; (14568 39747))
8941 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
8943 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
8944 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8946 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
8948 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8950 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
8951 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
8953 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8954 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
8955 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
8957 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
8959 (require 'jka-compr)
8960 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
8961 (toggle-auto-compression)))
8962 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
8966 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
8967 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
8968 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
8970 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
8971 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
8972 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
8974 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
8975 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
8976 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
8977 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
8980 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
8981 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
8982 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
8986 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
8990 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
8991 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
8992 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
8993 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
8994 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
8995 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
8996 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
9001 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9004 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9005 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9006 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9008 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
9009 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
9011 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9015 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9016 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
9017 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9019 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9021 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9022 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9024 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9026 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9027 Start or resume an Lm game.
9028 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9029 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9031 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9032 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9038 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9039 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9040 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9044 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9045 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string
9046 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
9047 ;;;;;; (14423 51007))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9050 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
9051 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
9053 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9055 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9056 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9057 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9058 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9059 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9060 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9062 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9063 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9065 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9066 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9068 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9069 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9070 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9071 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9074 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9078 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
9079 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
9082 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
9083 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
9084 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
9085 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9087 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
9089 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
9091 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
9092 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
9093 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
9094 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
9095 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
9098 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
9099 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
9100 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
9101 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
9102 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
9104 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
9105 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
9106 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
9107 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
9108 slow to keep up with your typing.
9110 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
9111 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
9112 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
9113 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
9114 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
9115 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
9117 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
9118 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
9119 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
9120 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
9122 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
9123 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
9124 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
9125 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
9127 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
9128 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
9129 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
9130 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
9131 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
9133 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
9134 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
9138 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
9139 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
9140 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
9142 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
9143 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
9145 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
9146 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
9148 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
9149 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
9151 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
9152 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
9153 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
9154 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
9155 for later transmission to Lisp job.
9156 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9157 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9158 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9159 and transmit saved text.
9161 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9162 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9164 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9168 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9171 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9172 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9173 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9174 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9175 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9179 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
9181 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9183 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9184 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9185 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
9186 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9190 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9191 ;;;;;; (14563 8348))
9192 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9194 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9195 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9196 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9198 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9199 Run the locate command with a filter.
9201 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9202 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9206 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14559 17354))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
9209 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
9210 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
9211 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
9212 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
9213 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
9214 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
9215 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
9216 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
9220 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14552
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
9224 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
9225 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
9229 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9230 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14563
9232 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9234 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9235 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9236 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9238 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9239 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9241 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9242 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9243 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9244 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9245 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9246 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9247 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9249 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9250 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9251 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9252 switch on this list.
9253 See `lpr-command'.")
9255 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9256 *Name of program for printing a file.
9258 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9259 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9260 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9261 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9262 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9263 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9266 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9267 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9268 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9269 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9271 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9272 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9274 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9275 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9276 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9277 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9279 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9280 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9282 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9283 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9285 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9286 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9287 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9288 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9290 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9291 Paginate and print the region contents.
9293 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9294 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9295 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9296 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9298 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9299 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9301 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9302 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9309 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9310 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9311 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9312 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9317 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
9321 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
9322 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
9323 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9325 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9329 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
9331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
9333 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
9334 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
9340 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
9341 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
9342 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
9344 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9345 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
9346 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
9347 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
9348 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
9350 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9351 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9352 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9353 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9355 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9356 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9357 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9358 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9361 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9362 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9364 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
9365 Query user during kbd macro execution.
9366 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
9367 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
9368 each time the macro executes.
9369 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
9370 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
9371 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
9372 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
9373 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
9374 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
9375 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
9377 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
9378 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
9379 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
9381 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
9382 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
9383 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
9386 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
9387 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
9389 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
9390 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
9391 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
9392 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
9393 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
9395 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
9398 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
9399 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
9400 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
9402 You could enter the names in this format:
9408 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
9411 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
9414 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
9415 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
9417 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
9421 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
9422 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
9425 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
9426 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
9427 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
9428 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
9430 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
9431 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
9432 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
9433 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
9434 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
9436 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
9437 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
9438 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
9439 consing a string.)" nil nil)
9441 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
9442 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
9446 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
9447 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
9448 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
9451 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
9452 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
9454 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
9456 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
9457 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
9459 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
9460 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
9461 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
9464 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
9468 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
9469 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
9470 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501
9472 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
9474 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
9475 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
9476 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
9477 often correct parser.")
9479 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
9481 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9482 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
9483 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9484 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9486 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9487 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
9488 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9489 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9491 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
9492 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
9493 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9494 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
9496 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
9497 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
9498 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
9499 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
9500 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
9501 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
9506 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14495 18025))
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
9509 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
9510 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
9512 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
9513 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
9514 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
9516 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
9517 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
9518 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
9522 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
9523 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
9525 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
9527 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
9528 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
9529 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9531 If `parens', they look like:
9532 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9533 If `angles', they look like:
9534 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
9536 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
9537 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
9538 If interactive, expand in header fields.
9539 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
9540 their `Resent-' variants.
9542 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
9543 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
9545 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
9546 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
9547 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
9549 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
9550 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
9551 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
9552 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
9554 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
9555 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
9556 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
9557 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
9561 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
9562 ;;;;;; (14570 19448))
9563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
9565 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
9566 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
9567 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
9569 \\{makefile-mode-map}
9571 In the browser, use the following keys:
9573 \\{makefile-browser-map}
9575 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
9577 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
9578 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
9580 makefile-target-colon:
9581 The string that gets appended to all target names
9582 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
9583 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
9585 makefile-macro-assign:
9586 The string that gets appended to all macro names
9587 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
9588 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
9589 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
9590 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
9591 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
9593 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
9594 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
9595 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
9597 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
9598 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
9600 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
9601 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
9602 up or down in the browser.
9604 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
9605 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
9607 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
9608 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
9610 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
9611 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
9612 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
9613 has been selected in the browser.
9615 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
9616 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
9617 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
9618 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
9619 filenames are omitted.
9621 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
9622 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
9623 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
9624 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
9625 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
9626 the backslash itself intact.
9627 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
9628 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
9630 makefile-browser-hook:
9631 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
9632 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
9634 makefile-special-targets-list:
9635 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
9636 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
9637 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
9641 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
9643 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
9645 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
9646 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
9647 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
9651 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14583 33482))
9652 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
9654 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
9656 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
9657 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
9658 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
9659 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
9660 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
9661 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
9662 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
9664 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
9665 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
9669 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
9670 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
9671 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
9672 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
9673 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
9674 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
9675 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
9676 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
9677 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
9680 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
9681 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
9683 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9685 If `parens', they look like:
9686 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9687 If `angles', they look like:
9688 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
9690 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
9691 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
9693 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
9694 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
9696 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
9697 *Local news organization file.")
9699 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
9700 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
9701 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
9702 variable `mail-header-separator'.
9704 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
9705 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
9706 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
9708 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
9709 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
9711 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
9712 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
9713 nil means use indentation.")
9715 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
9716 *Function for citing an original message.
9717 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
9718 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
9719 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
9721 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
9722 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
9723 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
9724 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
9725 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
9727 (defvar message-signature t "\
9728 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
9729 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
9730 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
9731 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
9733 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
9734 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
9736 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
9738 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
9739 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
9740 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
9741 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
9742 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
9743 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
9744 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
9745 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
9746 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
9747 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
9748 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
9749 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
9750 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
9751 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
9752 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
9753 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
9754 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
9755 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
9756 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
9757 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
9758 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
9760 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
9761 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9762 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
9764 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
9765 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9767 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
9768 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
9770 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
9771 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
9773 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
9774 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
9775 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
9777 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
9778 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
9780 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
9781 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
9782 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
9783 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
9785 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
9786 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
9788 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
9789 Forward the current message via mail.
9790 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
9792 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
9793 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
9795 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
9796 Re-mail the current message.
9797 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
9798 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
9801 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
9802 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
9804 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
9805 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
9807 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
9808 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9810 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
9811 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9813 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
9814 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
9815 Works by overstriking characters.
9816 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9817 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9819 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
9820 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
9821 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9822 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9826 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
9827 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
9828 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
9830 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9831 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
9835 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
9836 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9838 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9839 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
9843 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
9844 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9848 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
9849 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
9850 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
9851 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
9853 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
9854 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9855 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9857 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
9858 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9859 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9860 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9861 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9862 redisplayed as output is inserted.
9863 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9865 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
9866 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
9867 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9868 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9869 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9871 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9872 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9874 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
9875 Process current region through 'metamail'.
9876 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9877 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9878 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9880 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9881 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9885 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
9886 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14600 36202))
9887 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
9889 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
9890 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
9891 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9892 to the MH mail system.
9894 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9896 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
9897 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
9898 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9899 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
9900 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
9901 that want to create a mail buffer.
9902 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
9904 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
9905 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
9906 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9907 to the MH mail system.
9909 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9911 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
9912 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
9913 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
9914 using the MH mail handling system.
9915 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
9918 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
9920 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
9922 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
9923 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
9926 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
9927 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
9928 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
9929 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
9930 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
9932 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
9933 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
9934 inserted in a draft letter.
9936 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
9937 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
9939 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
9943 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14532
9945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
9947 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
9948 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
9949 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9950 to the MH mail system." t nil)
9952 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
9953 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
9957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
9958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
9960 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
9961 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
9965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
9966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
9968 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9970 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9972 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9974 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9978 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
9979 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
9982 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
9983 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
9984 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
9985 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
9986 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
9987 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
9988 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
9989 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
9990 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
9991 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
9992 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
9994 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
9995 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
9996 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
9997 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
10001 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
10002 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
10003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
10005 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
10006 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
10010 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
10011 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
10014 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
10015 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
10016 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
10017 followed by the first character of the construct.
10019 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
10020 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
10021 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
10022 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
10023 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
10024 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
10025 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
10026 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
10027 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
10028 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
10029 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
10030 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
10031 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
10034 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
10035 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
10036 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
10040 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
10042 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
10044 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
10045 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
10046 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10047 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
10049 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
10051 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
10053 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
10055 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
10056 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
10057 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
10058 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
10059 Triple-clicking selects lines.
10060 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
10062 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
10063 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
10064 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
10065 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
10067 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
10068 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
10070 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
10071 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
10073 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
10075 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
10076 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
10077 primary selection and region." t nil)
10081 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
10082 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
10084 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
10085 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
10089 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14555 52300))
10090 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
10092 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
10094 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10095 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
10097 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10099 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
10101 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
10103 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10104 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
10105 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
10109 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
10110 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
10111 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
10112 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets)
10113 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (14551 28679))
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
10116 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
10117 Display a list of all character sets.
10119 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
10120 for internal Emacs use.
10122 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
10123 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
10124 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
10125 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
10126 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
10128 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
10129 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
10130 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
10131 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
10133 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10134 but still shows the full information." t nil)
10136 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
10137 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10138 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
10139 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
10140 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
10142 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
10143 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
10144 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
10145 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
10146 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
10148 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
10149 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
10151 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10152 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
10154 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
10155 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
10157 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
10158 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
10159 at the place of `..':
10160 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
10161 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
10162 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
10163 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
10164 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
10165 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
10166 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10167 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10168 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10169 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10170 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10171 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
10172 `default-process-coding-system' for read
10173 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
10174 `default-process-coding-system' for write
10175 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
10177 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10178 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
10180 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10181 Display a list of all coding systems.
10182 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10184 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10185 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10187 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10188 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10190 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10191 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10193 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10194 Display information of FONTSET.
10195 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
10196 contained in FONTSET.
10198 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
10199 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
10200 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
10203 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
10204 o -- font already opened
10205 - -- font not yet opened
10206 x -- font can't be opened
10207 ? -- no font specified
10209 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
10210 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
10212 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10213 Display a list of all fontsets.
10214 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10215 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10216 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10218 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10219 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10221 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10222 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10224 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10225 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10226 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10227 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10229 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10230 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10231 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10233 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10234 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10235 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10239 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10240 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10241 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10242 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10243 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10244 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10245 ;;;;;; (14568 36382))
10246 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10248 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10249 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10250 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10252 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
10253 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10255 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
10256 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10258 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10259 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10261 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10262 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10263 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10264 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10265 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10267 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10268 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10269 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10270 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10271 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10273 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10274 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10276 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10278 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
10279 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
10281 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
10282 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
10283 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
10285 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
10286 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
10287 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10289 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10290 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10291 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10293 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
10294 longer than KEYSEQ.
10295 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
10297 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10298 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
10299 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
10300 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
10301 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
10302 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
10303 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
10304 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
10305 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
10306 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
10307 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
10309 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
10310 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
10312 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10313 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
10315 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10316 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
10318 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
10319 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
10321 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
10322 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
10324 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
10325 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
10326 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
10327 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
10329 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
10330 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
10331 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
10332 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
10334 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
10335 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
10336 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
10337 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
10341 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
10342 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
10344 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
10345 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
10349 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
10350 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
10351 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
10352 ;;;;;; (14564 29931))
10353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
10355 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
10356 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
10358 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
10360 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
10361 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
10363 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
10364 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
10366 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
10368 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
10369 Run netstat program." t nil)
10371 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
10372 Run the arp program." t nil)
10374 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
10375 Run the route program." t nil)
10377 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
10378 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
10380 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
10381 Run nslookup program." t nil)
10383 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
10384 Run dig program." t nil)
10386 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
10387 Run ftp program." t nil)
10389 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
10390 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
10392 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
10393 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
10394 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
10395 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
10397 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
10399 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
10400 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
10402 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
10403 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
10407 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
10409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
10411 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
10412 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
10413 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
10414 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
10415 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
10416 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
10420 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
10421 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
10422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
10424 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
10425 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
10429 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
10430 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
10431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
10433 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
10434 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
10435 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
10439 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
10440 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
10441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
10443 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
10444 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
10448 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
10449 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
10452 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
10453 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
10455 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10456 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
10458 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10459 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
10463 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
10464 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
10465 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
10467 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
10468 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
10469 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
10471 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
10473 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
10474 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
10475 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10476 to future sessions." t nil)
10478 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
10479 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
10480 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10481 to future sessions." t nil)
10485 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
10486 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
10487 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
10489 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
10490 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
10492 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
10493 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
10494 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
10498 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
10499 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
10502 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
10503 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
10504 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
10505 specified by `octave-help-files'.
10506 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
10510 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
10511 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
10512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
10514 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
10515 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
10516 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
10518 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
10520 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
10521 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
10523 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
10524 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
10525 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
10527 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
10531 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
10532 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
10533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
10535 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
10536 Major mode for editing Octave code.
10538 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
10539 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
10540 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
10541 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
10543 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
10544 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
10545 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
10546 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
10547 is why you need this mode!).
10549 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
10550 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
10551 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
10553 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
10558 \\{octave-mode-map}
10560 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
10561 ==============================================
10564 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
10567 octave-auto-newline
10568 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
10571 octave-blink-matching-block
10572 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
10573 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
10575 octave-block-offset
10576 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
10579 octave-continuation-offset
10580 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
10583 octave-continuation-string
10584 String used for Octave continuation lines.
10585 Default is a backslash.
10587 octave-mode-startup-message
10588 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
10591 octave-send-echo-input
10592 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
10593 command to the inferior Octave process.
10595 octave-send-line-auto-forward
10596 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
10597 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
10599 octave-send-echo-input
10600 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
10602 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
10604 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
10605 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
10607 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
10608 (setq auto-mode-alist
10609 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
10611 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
10612 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
10614 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
10618 (if (eq window-system 'x)
10619 (font-lock-mode 1))))
10621 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
10622 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
10623 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
10624 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
10628 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
10629 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
10630 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
10632 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
10633 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
10635 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
10636 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
10637 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
10638 in which there are commands to set the option values.
10639 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
10641 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
10645 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
10646 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
10647 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
10649 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
10650 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
10651 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
10652 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
10654 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
10655 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
10656 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
10657 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
10659 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
10660 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
10661 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
10662 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
10663 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
10664 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
10666 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
10667 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
10669 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
10670 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
10671 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
10672 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
10673 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
10674 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
10675 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
10676 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
10677 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
10678 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
10679 The subheadings remain visible.
10680 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
10682 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
10683 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
10684 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
10686 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
10687 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
10689 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
10690 Toggle Outline minor mode.
10691 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10692 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
10696 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
10697 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
10700 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
10701 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
10702 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10703 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
10704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10705 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
10707 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10709 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
10711 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
10712 Toggle Show Paren mode.
10713 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10714 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
10716 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10717 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
10721 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14507
10723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
10725 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
10726 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
10727 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10729 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
10730 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
10732 Other useful functions are:
10734 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
10735 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
10736 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
10737 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
10738 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
10739 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
10740 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
10741 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
10742 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
10744 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
10746 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
10747 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
10748 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
10749 Indentation for case statements.
10750 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
10751 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
10753 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
10754 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
10755 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
10756 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
10757 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10758 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
10759 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
10760 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
10761 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
10762 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
10764 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
10765 pascal-separator-keywords.
10767 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
10768 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10772 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
10773 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
10774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
10776 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
10777 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
10778 The keys affected are:
10779 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
10780 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
10781 M-Backspace does undo.
10782 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
10783 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
10784 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
10788 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
10789 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
10792 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
10793 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
10795 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10797 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
10798 which modify the status of the mark.
10800 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
10801 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
10803 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
10804 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
10806 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
10807 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
10808 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
10809 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
10810 turning pc-selection-mode on.
10812 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
10813 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
10815 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
10816 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
10817 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
10819 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
10820 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
10821 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
10823 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
10824 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
10826 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
10827 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
10828 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
10830 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
10831 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
10832 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
10838 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
10839 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
10840 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
10842 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
10843 Toggle PC Selection mode.
10844 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
10845 and cursor movement commands.
10846 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10847 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
10849 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10851 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
10855 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-status cvs-update cvs-examine
10856 ;;;;;; cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "pcvs.el" (14552 48942))
10857 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
10859 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
10860 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
10861 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
10862 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10864 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
10866 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
10867 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
10868 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
10869 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10870 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10871 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10872 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10873 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10875 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
10876 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10877 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10878 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10879 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10880 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
10882 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
10883 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10884 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10885 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10886 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10887 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10888 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10890 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
10892 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
10893 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
10894 NIL means never do it.
10895 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
10896 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
10897 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
10899 (progn (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.\nThe exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (cvs-examine (file-name-directory dir) t t))))))
10903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14552 48685))
10904 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
10906 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
10910 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
10911 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
10912 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
10914 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
10915 Major mode for editing Perl code.
10916 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
10917 Tab indents for Perl code.
10918 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
10919 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
10920 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10922 Variables controlling indentation style:
10923 perl-tab-always-indent
10924 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
10925 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10926 perl-tab-to-comment
10927 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
10928 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
10929 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
10931 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
10933 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
10934 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
10935 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
10936 perl-continued-statement-offset
10937 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
10938 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
10939 perl-continued-brace-offset
10940 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
10941 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
10943 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
10944 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
10945 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
10946 this far to the right of the start of its line.
10948 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
10950 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
10951 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
10952 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
10953 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
10954 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
10955 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
10956 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
10958 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
10962 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
10963 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
10964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
10966 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
10967 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
10968 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
10969 afterwards settable by these commands:
10970 C-c < Move left after insertion.
10971 C-c > Move right after insertion.
10972 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
10973 C-c . Move down after insertion.
10974 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
10975 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
10976 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
10977 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
10978 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
10979 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
10980 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
10981 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
10982 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
10983 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
10984 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
10985 with these commands:
10986 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
10987 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
10988 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
10989 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
10990 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
10991 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
10992 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
10993 Return Move to beginning of next line.
10994 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
10995 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
10996 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
10997 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
10998 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
10999 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
11000 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
11001 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
11002 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
11003 You can manipulate text with these commands:
11004 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
11005 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
11006 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
11007 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
11008 text is saved in the kill ring.
11009 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
11010 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
11011 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
11012 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
11013 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
11014 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
11015 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
11016 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
11017 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
11018 commands if invoked soon enough.
11019 You can return to the previous mode with:
11020 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
11021 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
11023 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
11025 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
11026 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
11028 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
11032 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
11033 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
11035 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
11036 Play pong and waste time.
11037 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
11038 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
11040 pong-mode keybindings:
11043 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
11047 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
11048 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
11049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
11051 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
11052 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
11053 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
11054 can handle, whenever this is possible.
11055 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
11057 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
11058 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
11059 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
11060 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
11061 in the variable `values'." t nil)
11063 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
11064 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
11065 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
11066 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
11070 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
11071 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
11074 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
11075 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
11076 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
11078 \\{prolog-mode-map}
11079 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
11080 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11082 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
11083 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
11087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
11088 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
11090 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
11091 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
11092 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
11100 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
11101 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
11103 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
11105 The following variables hold user options, and can
11106 be set through the `customize' command:
11108 ps-mode-auto-indent
11111 ps-mode-print-function
11113 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
11117 ps-run-error-line-numbers
11120 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
11126 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
11127 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
11128 The keymap for this second window is:
11130 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
11133 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
11134 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
11135 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
11136 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
11137 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
11142 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
11143 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
11144 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
11145 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14588 21278))
11146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
11148 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
11149 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
11153 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
11154 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
11155 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
11156 changed by setting the variable
11157 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
11158 The initial value of this variable is
11159 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
11162 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
11163 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
11164 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
11165 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
11166 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
11167 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
11170 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
11171 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
11172 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
11173 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
11174 source file. BDF fonts are included in
11175 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
11176 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
11177 use this value, be sure to have installed
11178 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
11179 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
11180 documentation of this variable).
11182 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
11183 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
11184 characters. This is convenient when you want or
11185 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
11186 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
11187 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
11189 Any other value is treated as nil.")
11191 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
11192 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
11193 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
11195 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11197 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
11198 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
11200 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
11202 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11206 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11208 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11209 the sequence." nil nil)
11211 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
11212 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
11214 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
11217 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11221 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11223 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11224 the sequence." nil nil)
11226 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
11227 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
11229 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
11230 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
11231 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
11233 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11237 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
11238 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
11239 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
11240 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
11241 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
11242 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14602 58229))
11243 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
11245 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
11246 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
11247 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
11248 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
11250 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
11251 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
11253 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11254 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11256 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11257 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
11258 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11260 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11261 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11262 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11264 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11265 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11266 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11267 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11268 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11270 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
11271 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11272 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
11274 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11275 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11276 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11277 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11278 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11280 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11281 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11282 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
11283 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
11285 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11287 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11288 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11289 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11290 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11291 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11293 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11295 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
11296 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11297 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
11299 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11301 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11302 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11303 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11304 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11305 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11307 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11309 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
11310 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
11312 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11313 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
11314 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11316 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11317 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11318 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11320 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
11321 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
11322 using the current ps-print setup.
11323 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
11324 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
11326 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11327 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
11328 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11330 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
11331 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
11332 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11334 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
11335 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
11337 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
11338 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11340 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
11341 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11343 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
11345 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
11347 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
11348 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11350 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
11351 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11353 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
11355 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
11357 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
11359 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
11360 foreground and background colors respectively.
11362 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
11363 bold - use bold font.
11364 italic - use italic font.
11365 underline - put a line under text.
11366 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
11367 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
11368 shadow - text will have a shadow.
11369 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
11370 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
11372 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
11376 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
11377 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
11378 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
11379 ;;;;;; (14551 28773))
11380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
11382 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
11383 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
11384 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
11386 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
11387 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
11388 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
11389 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
11390 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
11391 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
11392 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
11394 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
11395 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
11396 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
11397 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
11398 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
11400 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
11402 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
11404 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
11405 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
11406 command to be called.
11408 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
11409 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
11410 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
11411 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
11413 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
11414 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
11415 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
11416 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
11417 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
11420 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
11421 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
11422 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
11423 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
11425 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
11426 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
11427 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
11428 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
11430 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
11431 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
11432 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
11433 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
11434 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
11435 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
11437 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
11438 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
11439 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
11440 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
11441 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
11442 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
11444 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
11445 covers Quail translation region.
11447 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
11448 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
11449 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
11450 for it) is inserted.
11452 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
11453 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
11454 vs. corresponding command to be called.
11456 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
11457 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
11458 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
11460 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
11461 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
11463 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
11464 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
11465 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
11466 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
11467 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
11469 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
11470 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
11471 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
11472 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11473 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
11474 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11475 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11476 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11477 for the translation.
11478 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11480 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11481 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
11483 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
11484 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
11486 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
11487 which to install MAP.
11489 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
11491 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
11492 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
11493 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11494 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
11495 a function, or a cons.
11496 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11497 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11498 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11499 for the translation.
11500 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
11501 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
11502 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
11503 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
11504 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11506 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11507 it is used to handle KEY.
11509 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
11510 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
11511 current Quail package.
11513 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
11514 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
11516 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
11517 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
11519 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
11520 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
11521 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
11522 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
11523 of the Emacs source tree.
11525 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
11526 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
11528 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
11529 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
11530 of each directory." t nil)
11534 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
11535 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
11536 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
11538 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
11540 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
11541 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
11542 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
11543 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
11545 To make use of this do something like:
11547 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
11549 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
11551 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11553 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
11554 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
11556 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
11557 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
11559 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
11560 is decided." t nil)
11562 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11564 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
11565 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
11567 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
11568 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
11570 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
11571 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
11573 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
11575 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
11577 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
11578 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
11582 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
11584 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
11586 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
11587 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
11588 See \\[compile]." t nil)
11592 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
11593 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
11594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
11596 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
11597 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
11601 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list
11602 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14539
11604 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
11606 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
11607 Toggle recentf mode.
11608 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11609 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
11611 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
11612 were operated on recently." t nil)
11614 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
11615 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
11617 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
11618 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
11620 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
11621 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
11623 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
11624 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
11628 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
11629 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
11630 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
11631 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14537
11633 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
11635 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
11636 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
11637 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
11640 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
11641 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
11643 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
11644 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
11645 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
11646 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
11649 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11650 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
11651 to be deleted." t nil)
11653 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11654 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11655 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
11657 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11658 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11661 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11662 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11663 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
11665 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
11666 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
11668 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11669 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
11671 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11674 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
11675 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
11677 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
11678 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
11679 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
11680 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
11681 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
11682 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
11683 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
11685 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
11686 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11688 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
11689 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
11691 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11692 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
11693 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
11694 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
11696 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11697 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
11698 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
11699 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
11700 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
11702 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11703 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
11705 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
11706 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11708 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11709 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
11710 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
11712 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11713 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
11715 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
11716 Blank out the region-rectangle.
11717 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
11719 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11720 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
11721 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
11725 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
11726 ;;;;;; (14495 18077))
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
11729 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
11730 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
11732 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
11733 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
11735 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
11736 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
11738 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
11739 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
11740 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
11743 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
11744 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
11745 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
11747 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
11748 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
11749 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
11751 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
11752 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
11754 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
11755 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
11757 \\{reftex-mode-map}
11758 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
11761 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
11765 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
11766 ;;;;;; (14495 18066))
11767 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
11769 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
11770 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
11771 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
11772 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
11773 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
11774 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
11776 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
11778 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
11780 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
11781 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
11782 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
11783 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
11785 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
11786 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
11787 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
11788 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
11792 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
11793 ;;;;;; (14495 18068))
11794 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
11796 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
11797 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
11798 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
11800 To insert new phrases, use
11801 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
11802 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
11804 To index phrases use one of:
11806 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
11807 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
11808 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
11809 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
11810 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
11812 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
11813 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
11815 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
11817 Here are all local bindings.
11819 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
11823 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
11824 ;;;;;; (14564 29908))
11825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
11827 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
11828 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
11829 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
11830 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
11831 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
11832 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
11834 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
11835 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
11837 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
11838 Return the depth of REGEXP.
11839 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
11840 in REGEXP." nil nil)
11844 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
11847 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
11848 Repeat most recently executed command.
11849 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
11850 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
11851 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
11853 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
11854 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
11855 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
11859 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
11860 ;;;;;; (14356 24412))
11861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
11863 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
11864 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
11866 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
11867 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
11868 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
11870 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
11871 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
11872 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
11873 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
11874 left after that text.
11876 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
11879 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
11880 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
11881 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
11882 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
11886 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
11887 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
11888 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
11890 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
11891 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
11892 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
11893 visibility of comments that precede it.
11894 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
11895 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
11896 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
11897 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
11898 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
11899 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
11900 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
11901 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
11903 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
11904 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
11905 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
11906 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
11907 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
11908 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
11912 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
11914 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
11916 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
11917 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
11921 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
11922 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
11923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
11925 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
11926 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
11928 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
11929 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
11933 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
11934 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
11935 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11937 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
11938 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
11939 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
11940 other arguments for `rlogin'.
11942 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
11944 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
11945 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
11946 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
11947 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
11949 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
11950 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
11952 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
11953 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
11955 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
11956 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
11959 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
11960 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
11961 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
11962 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
11963 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
11965 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
11966 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
11967 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
11968 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
11970 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
11971 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
11976 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
11977 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-confirm-expunge rmail-secondary-file-regexp
11978 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list
11979 ;;;;;; rmail-delete-after-output rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers
11980 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
11981 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14599
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
11985 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
11986 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
11987 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
11988 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
11990 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
11991 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
11992 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
11993 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
11994 value is the user's name.)
11995 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
11997 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
11998 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
11999 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
12000 which normally happens once for each message,
12001 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
12002 To make a change in this variable take effect
12003 for a message that you have already viewed,
12004 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
12006 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
12007 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
12008 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
12009 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
12011 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
12012 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
12014 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
12015 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
12016 A value of nil means don't highlight.
12017 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
12019 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
12020 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
12022 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
12023 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
12025 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
12026 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
12027 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
12028 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
12029 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
12031 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
12032 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
12034 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
12035 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
12037 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
12038 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
12040 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
12041 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
12043 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
12044 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
12046 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
12047 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
12049 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
12050 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
12052 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
12053 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
12055 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
12056 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
12057 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
12058 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
12060 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
12061 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
12063 This is set to nil by default.")
12065 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
12066 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
12067 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
12068 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
12069 until a user explicitly requires it.")
12071 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
12072 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
12074 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
12075 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
12076 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
12077 this feature is required with `require'.")
12079 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
12080 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
12081 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
12082 the message is decoded as normal way.
12084 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
12085 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
12086 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
12088 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
12089 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
12090 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
12092 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
12093 Read and edit incoming mail.
12094 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
12095 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
12096 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
12098 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
12099 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
12100 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
12101 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
12103 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
12105 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
12106 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
12107 All normal editing commands are turned off.
12108 Instead, these commands are available:
12110 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
12111 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
12112 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
12113 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
12114 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
12115 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
12116 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
12117 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
12118 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
12119 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
12120 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
12121 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
12122 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
12123 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
12124 till a deleted message is found.
12125 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
12126 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
12127 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
12128 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
12129 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
12130 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
12131 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
12132 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
12133 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
12134 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
12135 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
12136 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
12137 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
12138 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
12139 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
12140 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
12141 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
12142 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
12143 (label defaults to last one specified).
12144 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
12145 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
12146 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
12147 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
12148 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
12149 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
12150 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
12151 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
12152 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
12154 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
12155 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
12157 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
12158 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
12162 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
12163 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
12164 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
12166 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
12167 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
12172 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
12173 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
12174 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
12176 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12177 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12178 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12180 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12181 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12182 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12184 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
12186 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12187 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
12188 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12189 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12190 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12192 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12193 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
12194 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12195 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12196 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12200 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
12201 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
12202 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
12204 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
12205 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
12206 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
12207 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
12211 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
12212 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
12213 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
12214 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
12216 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
12217 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
12218 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
12219 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
12220 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
12221 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
12222 a file name as a string.")
12224 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
12225 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
12226 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
12227 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
12228 buffer visiting that file.
12229 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
12230 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
12232 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
12233 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12235 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12236 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
12238 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
12239 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
12241 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
12242 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
12243 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12244 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
12245 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
12247 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
12248 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
12249 will be appended with their original headers.
12251 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
12252 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12254 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
12255 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
12257 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
12259 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
12260 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
12261 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
12265 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
12266 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
12267 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
12269 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
12271 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
12272 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
12273 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12275 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
12276 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
12277 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12279 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
12280 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
12281 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12283 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
12284 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
12285 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12287 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
12288 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
12289 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12291 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
12292 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
12293 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12295 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
12296 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
12297 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
12298 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
12302 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
12303 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
12304 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
12305 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
12306 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14597 48840))
12307 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
12309 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
12310 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
12312 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
12313 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
12315 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
12316 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
12318 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
12319 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
12320 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
12322 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
12323 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
12324 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
12325 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12326 only look in the To and From fields.
12327 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12329 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
12330 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
12331 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
12332 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
12333 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
12335 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
12336 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
12337 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
12338 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12339 look in the whole message.
12340 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12342 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
12343 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
12344 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
12346 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
12347 *Function to decode summary-line.
12349 By default, `identity' is set.")
12351 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
12352 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
12353 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
12354 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
12355 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
12356 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
12357 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
12359 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
12360 sent by you under different user names.
12361 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
12363 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
12367 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
12368 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
12369 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
12371 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
12372 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
12373 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
12374 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
12378 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
12379 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
12380 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
12382 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
12383 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
12384 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
12386 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
12387 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
12391 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
12392 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
12393 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
12394 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
12395 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
12397 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
12398 *This variable is obsolete.")
12400 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12402 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
12404 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
12405 *This variable is obsolete.")
12407 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
12408 *This variable is obsolete.")
12410 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
12411 *This variable is obsolete.")
12413 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
12414 *This variable is obsolete.")
12416 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
12417 *This variable is obsolete.")
12419 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
12420 This function is obsolete." t nil)
12424 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
12425 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
12426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
12428 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
12429 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
12430 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12432 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
12433 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
12434 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
12435 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
12436 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
12437 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
12440 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12441 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12442 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12443 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
12444 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12446 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
12447 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
12448 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12451 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12452 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12453 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12454 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
12455 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
12456 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
12460 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
12461 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
12462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
12464 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
12465 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
12466 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
12468 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
12472 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
12476 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
12477 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
12478 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
12479 \\{scribe-mode-map}
12481 Interesting variables:
12483 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
12484 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
12486 scribe-electric-quote
12487 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
12489 scribe-electric-parenthesis
12490 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
12491 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
12495 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
12496 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
12497 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
12498 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
12499 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14588 18519))
12500 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
12502 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
12503 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
12505 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
12507 If `parens', they look like:
12508 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12509 If `angles', they look like:
12510 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12511 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
12512 derived from the envelope-from address.
12514 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
12515 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
12516 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
12517 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
12519 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
12520 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
12521 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
12523 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
12524 is a privileged operation.")
12526 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
12527 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
12528 This is done when the message is initialized,
12529 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
12531 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
12532 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
12533 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
12535 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
12536 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
12538 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
12539 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
12540 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
12541 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
12543 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
12544 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
12546 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
12547 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
12548 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
12550 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
12551 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
12552 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
12553 when you first send mail.")
12555 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
12556 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
12557 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
12558 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
12559 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
12561 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
12562 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
12563 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
12564 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
12565 This file need not actually exist.")
12567 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
12568 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
12569 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
12570 If a string, that string is inserted.
12571 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
12572 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
12573 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
12574 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
12576 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
12577 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
12578 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
12579 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
12580 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12581 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
12582 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
12583 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
12584 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
12585 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
12586 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
12587 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
12588 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
12590 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
12591 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12592 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12593 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
12594 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
12595 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12597 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
12598 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12599 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
12601 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
12602 User should not set this variable manually,
12603 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
12604 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
12605 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12606 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
12608 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
12609 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
12610 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
12611 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
12613 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
12614 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
12617 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
12619 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
12620 to move to message header fields:
12623 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
12624 when the message is initialized.
12626 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
12627 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
12629 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
12632 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
12633 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
12635 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
12636 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
12638 The second through fifth arguments,
12639 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
12640 the initial contents of those header fields.
12641 These arguments should not have final newlines.
12642 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
12643 original message being replied to, or else an action
12644 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
12645 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
12646 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
12647 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
12648 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
12649 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
12651 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
12652 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12654 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
12655 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12659 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
12660 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
12662 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
12663 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
12664 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
12665 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
12666 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
12667 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
12669 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
12673 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
12674 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
12675 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
12677 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12678 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
12679 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
12680 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
12683 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
12684 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
12685 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
12687 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
12688 your `.emacs' file.
12690 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
12692 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12693 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
12694 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
12696 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12697 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
12698 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
12699 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
12700 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
12701 which this is based.
12703 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12705 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
12706 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
12707 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
12708 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
12710 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
12711 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
12712 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
12714 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
12715 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
12716 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
12717 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
12719 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
12720 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
12721 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
12722 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
12724 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
12726 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
12727 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
12728 To work around that, do:
12729 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
12731 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
12735 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
12736 ;;;;;; (14432 40418))
12737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
12739 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
12741 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
12742 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
12743 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
12744 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
12745 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
12746 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
12748 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
12749 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
12750 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
12751 shell-specific features.
12753 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
12754 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
12755 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
12757 \\[sh-case] case statement
12758 \\[sh-for] for loop
12759 \\[sh-function] function definition
12760 \\[sh-if] if statement
12761 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
12762 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
12763 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
12764 \\[sh-select] select loop
12765 \\[sh-until] until loop
12766 \\[sh-while] while loop
12768 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
12769 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
12770 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
12771 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
12772 would indent to the way it currently is.
12773 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
12774 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
12777 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
12778 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
12779 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
12780 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
12781 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
12782 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
12784 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
12786 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
12788 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
12789 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
12790 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
12792 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
12793 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
12795 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
12799 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
12800 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
12801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
12803 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
12804 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
12806 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
12807 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
12808 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
12809 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
12812 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
12814 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
12816 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
12817 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
12818 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
12820 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
12821 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
12823 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
12824 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
12825 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
12826 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
12827 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
12828 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
12829 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
12832 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
12833 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
12834 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
12835 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
12836 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
12838 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
12839 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
12840 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
12844 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
12845 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
12846 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
12848 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
12849 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
12850 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
12851 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12854 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
12855 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
12856 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
12858 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
12860 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
12861 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
12862 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
12863 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
12864 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
12865 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
12866 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
12867 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
12868 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
12869 discards input when it starts up.)
12870 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
12871 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
12872 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
12874 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
12875 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
12876 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
12877 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
12878 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
12879 `default-process-coding-system'.
12881 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
12882 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
12883 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
12884 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
12886 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
12887 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
12891 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
12893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
12895 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
12896 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
12897 \\{simula-mode-map}
12898 Variables controlling indentation style:
12899 simula-tab-always-indent
12900 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
12901 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12902 simula-indent-level
12903 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
12904 simula-substatement-offset
12905 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
12906 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
12907 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
12908 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
12909 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
12910 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
12911 simula-label-offset -4711
12912 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
12913 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
12914 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
12915 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
12916 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
12917 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
12918 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
12919 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
12920 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
12921 simula-electric-indent nil
12922 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
12923 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
12924 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
12925 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
12926 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
12927 or nil if they should not be changed.
12928 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
12929 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
12930 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
12931 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
12933 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
12934 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
12936 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
12937 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
12942 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
12943 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
12944 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
12945 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
12947 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
12948 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
12950 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
12951 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
12952 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
12953 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
12954 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
12956 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
12957 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12958 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12959 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12960 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12961 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12962 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12964 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12965 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12968 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
12969 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12970 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12971 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12972 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12973 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12974 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12976 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12977 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12980 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
12981 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
12983 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
12984 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
12985 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
12986 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
12988 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
12989 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
12990 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
12991 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
12993 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
12994 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
12995 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
12997 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
12998 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
13000 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
13001 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
13003 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
13004 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
13005 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
13006 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
13007 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
13008 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
13009 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
13010 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
13013 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
13014 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
13015 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
13016 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
13017 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
13018 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
13019 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
13020 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
13022 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
13023 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
13024 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
13025 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
13026 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
13029 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
13030 then: insert previously read string once more
13031 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
13032 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
13033 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
13035 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
13036 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
13038 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
13039 Insert the character you type ARG times.
13041 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
13042 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
13043 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
13044 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
13046 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
13047 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
13048 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
13052 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14552
13054 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
13056 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
13057 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
13058 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
13062 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
13063 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
13064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
13066 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
13070 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
13071 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
13073 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
13074 Play the Snake game.
13075 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
13077 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
13079 snake-mode keybindings:
13081 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
13082 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
13083 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13084 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
13085 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
13086 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
13087 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
13093 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
13094 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
13095 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
13097 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
13098 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
13099 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
13100 Tab indents for C code.
13101 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
13102 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13104 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
13105 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
13107 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
13108 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
13109 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
13110 Tab indents for C code.
13111 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
13112 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13114 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
13115 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
13119 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
13120 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
13121 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
13122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
13124 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
13125 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
13127 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
13128 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
13129 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
13131 For example, the form
13133 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
13134 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
13136 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
13138 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
13139 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
13141 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
13142 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
13143 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
13146 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13148 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
13149 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
13151 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
13152 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
13153 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
13156 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13158 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
13159 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
13160 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
13163 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13165 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
13166 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
13167 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
13169 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
13170 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
13172 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
13174 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
13175 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
13176 Requires floating point." nil nil)
13180 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
13182 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
13184 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
13187 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
13188 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
13189 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
13190 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
13191 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
13192 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
13193 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
13194 check after each move or undo)
13198 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
13199 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
13200 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
13219 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
13220 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
13221 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
13222 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
13224 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
13225 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
13226 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
13229 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
13230 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
13232 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
13248 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
13250 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
13254 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
13255 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
13256 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
13257 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
13259 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
13260 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
13261 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
13263 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
13264 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
13265 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
13266 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
13269 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
13270 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
13271 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13274 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
13275 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
13277 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
13278 It moves point to the start of the next record.
13279 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
13280 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
13283 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
13284 It should move point to the end of the record.
13286 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
13287 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
13288 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
13289 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
13290 starts at the beginning of the record.
13292 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
13293 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
13294 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
13296 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
13297 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13298 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13299 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13300 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13301 the sort order." t nil)
13303 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
13304 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13305 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13306 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13307 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13308 the sort order." t nil)
13310 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
13311 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13312 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13313 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13314 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13315 the sort order." t nil)
13317 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
13318 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
13319 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13320 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
13321 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
13322 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
13323 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13324 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13325 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
13327 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
13328 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
13329 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13330 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13331 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13332 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
13333 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13334 the sort order." t nil)
13336 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
13337 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
13338 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
13339 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
13340 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
13341 is to be used for sorting.
13342 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
13343 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
13344 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
13345 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
13346 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
13348 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
13350 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13353 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
13354 starting with the letter \"f\",
13355 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
13357 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
13358 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
13359 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
13360 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
13361 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
13362 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
13363 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13366 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
13367 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
13368 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
13369 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
13370 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
13372 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
13373 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
13374 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
13378 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
13379 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14598 31838))
13380 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
13382 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
13384 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
13385 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
13386 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
13387 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
13388 supported at a time.
13389 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
13390 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
13392 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
13393 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
13394 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
13395 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
13399 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
13400 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
13401 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
13403 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
13405 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
13406 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
13407 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
13408 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
13409 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
13410 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
13412 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
13413 Check spelling of word at or before point.
13414 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
13415 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
13417 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
13418 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
13419 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
13420 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
13421 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
13423 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
13424 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
13428 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
13432 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
13433 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
13435 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
13436 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
13440 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
13441 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
13442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
13444 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
13445 Show short help for the SQL modes.
13447 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
13448 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
13450 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
13452 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
13454 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
13456 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
13457 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
13458 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
13459 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
13460 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
13461 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
13462 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
13464 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
13466 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
13467 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
13468 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
13469 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
13471 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
13472 entry function you want to use regularly:
13474 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
13476 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
13477 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
13478 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
13479 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
13481 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
13482 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
13483 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
13485 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
13486 Major mode to edit SQL.
13488 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
13489 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
13490 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
13493 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
13495 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
13496 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
13497 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
13498 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
13499 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
13500 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
13502 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
13503 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
13505 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
13506 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
13508 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
13509 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
13512 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
13513 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
13515 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
13516 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
13518 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13519 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13520 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13521 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
13522 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13523 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
13524 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
13525 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
13527 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
13528 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
13530 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13534 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
13535 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
13536 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
13537 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024))
13538 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
13540 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
13541 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
13543 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
13544 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
13545 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
13546 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
13547 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
13548 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
13550 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
13552 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
13553 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13554 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13555 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
13556 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
13557 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
13558 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13560 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13561 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13562 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13563 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
13564 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
13565 then complete the stroke with button3.
13566 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13568 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
13569 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
13570 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13572 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13573 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
13574 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13576 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
13577 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
13579 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
13581 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
13582 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
13584 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
13585 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
13587 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
13589 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
13590 Toggle strokes being enabled.
13591 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
13592 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
13593 mode in all buffers when activated.
13594 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
13597 > M-x global-set-stroke
13599 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
13600 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
13603 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
13604 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
13608 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
13609 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
13610 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
13612 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
13613 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
13614 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
13615 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
13616 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
13617 original message but it does require a few things:
13619 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
13621 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
13624 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
13625 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
13628 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
13630 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
13632 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
13633 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
13634 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
13638 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
13639 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
13641 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
13642 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
13643 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13644 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13645 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13647 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
13648 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
13649 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
13650 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
13651 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13652 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13653 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13657 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
13658 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
13660 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
13661 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
13665 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14495 17995))
13666 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
13668 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
13669 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
13670 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
13671 Letters no longer insert themselves.
13672 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
13673 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
13674 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
13676 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
13677 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
13678 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
13679 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
13681 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
13682 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
13686 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
13687 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
13688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
13690 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
13691 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
13692 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
13693 Tab indents for Tcl code.
13694 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13695 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13697 Variables controlling indentation style:
13699 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
13700 tcl-continued-indent-level
13701 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
13703 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
13704 documentation for details):
13705 tcl-tab-always-indent
13706 Controls action of TAB key.
13708 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
13709 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
13710 tcl-electric-hash-style
13711 Controls action of `#' key.
13712 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
13713 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
13714 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
13715 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
13716 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
13717 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
13719 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
13720 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
13721 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
13725 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
13727 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
13728 Run inferior Tcl process.
13729 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
13730 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
13732 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
13733 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
13734 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
13738 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
13739 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
13740 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13742 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
13743 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13744 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
13745 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
13746 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
13747 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
13748 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13749 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
13751 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
13752 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13753 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
13754 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13758 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
13760 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
13762 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
13763 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
13764 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
13765 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
13766 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
13767 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
13769 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
13770 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13772 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
13773 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13777 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
13779 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
13781 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
13782 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
13783 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
13784 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
13785 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
13786 program as keyboard input.
13788 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
13789 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
13790 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
13791 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
13793 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
13794 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
13795 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
13796 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
13797 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
13799 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
13801 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
13802 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
13803 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
13804 terminal-redisplay-interval.
13806 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
13807 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
13808 subprocess started." t nil)
13812 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
13813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
13815 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
13816 Play the Tetris game.
13817 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
13818 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
13819 as to form complete rows.
13821 tetris-mode keybindings:
13822 \\<tetris-mode-map>
13823 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
13824 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
13825 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13826 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
13827 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
13828 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
13829 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
13830 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
13836 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
13837 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
13838 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13839 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
13840 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
13841 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
13842 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
13843 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
13844 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
13846 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
13847 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
13849 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
13850 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
13851 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
13852 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
13853 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
13855 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
13856 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
13857 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
13858 if it matches the first line of the file,
13859 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
13861 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
13862 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
13863 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
13864 if the variable is non-nil.")
13866 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
13867 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
13869 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
13870 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
13871 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13872 See the documentation of that variable.")
13874 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
13875 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
13876 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13877 See the documentation of that variable.")
13879 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
13880 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
13881 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13882 See the documentation of that variable.")
13884 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
13885 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
13886 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
13887 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
13889 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
13890 *User defined LaTeX block names.
13891 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
13893 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
13894 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
13895 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13896 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13898 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13899 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13900 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13901 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13903 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13904 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
13905 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13906 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13908 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
13909 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
13912 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13913 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
13915 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
13918 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
13919 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
13920 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13921 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13923 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
13924 window system being used. For example,
13926 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
13927 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
13929 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
13932 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
13933 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
13934 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
13936 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
13937 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
13938 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
13939 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
13940 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
13942 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
13943 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
13945 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
13946 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
13948 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13949 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
13950 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
13951 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
13952 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
13953 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
13954 says which mode to use." t nil)
13956 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
13958 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
13960 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
13962 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13963 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
13964 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13965 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13966 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13968 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
13969 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
13970 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13971 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13972 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13973 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13974 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13976 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13977 mismatched $'s or braces.
13984 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13986 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
13987 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13988 tex-dvi-print-command
13989 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13990 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13991 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13992 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13993 tex-dvi-view-command
13994 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13995 tex-show-queue-command
13996 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13997 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13999 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
14000 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
14001 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14003 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14004 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
14005 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
14006 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
14007 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
14009 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
14010 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
14011 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
14012 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
14013 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
14014 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
14015 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
14017 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
14018 mismatched $'s or braces.
14025 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14027 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
14028 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14029 tex-dvi-print-command
14030 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14031 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14032 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14033 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14034 tex-dvi-view-command
14035 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14036 tex-show-queue-command
14037 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14038 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14040 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
14041 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
14042 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14044 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14045 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
14046 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
14047 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
14048 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
14050 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
14051 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
14052 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
14053 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
14054 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
14055 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
14056 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
14058 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
14059 mismatched $'s or braces.
14066 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14068 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
14069 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14070 tex-dvi-print-command
14071 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14072 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14073 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14074 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14075 tex-dvi-view-command
14076 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14077 tex-show-queue-command
14078 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14079 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14081 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
14082 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
14083 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
14084 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14086 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
14090 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
14091 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796))
14092 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
14094 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
14095 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
14096 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
14097 name specified in the @setfilename command.
14099 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
14100 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
14101 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
14103 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
14104 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
14105 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
14106 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
14107 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
14109 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
14110 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
14111 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
14112 names specified in the @setfilename command.
14114 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
14115 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
14116 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
14117 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
14119 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
14120 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
14124 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
14125 ;;;;;; (14587 10351))
14126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
14128 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
14129 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
14131 It has these extra commands:
14132 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
14134 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
14135 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
14136 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
14137 modified version of TeX input format.
14139 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
14140 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
14141 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
14142 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
14144 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
14145 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
14146 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
14147 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
14148 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
14149 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
14150 in the Texinfo file.
14152 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
14153 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
14154 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
14155 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
14156 move forward past the closing brace.
14158 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
14159 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
14161 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
14162 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
14163 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
14165 Here are the functions:
14167 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
14168 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14169 texinfo-sequential-node-update
14171 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14172 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14173 texinfo-master-menu
14175 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14177 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14178 which menu descriptions are indented.
14180 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
14181 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
14184 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
14185 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
14186 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
14187 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
14189 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
14190 be the first node in the file.
14192 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
14193 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
14197 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
14198 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
14199 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
14200 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
14202 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
14203 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14204 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
14206 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
14209 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
14210 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14211 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
14213 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14214 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14215 texinfo-master-menu ()
14217 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14219 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14220 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
14222 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14223 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
14225 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14226 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
14228 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
14229 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
14230 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
14231 `p' takes you straight through the file.
14233 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14234 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
14237 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
14238 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
14239 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
14240 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
14244 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
14245 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
14246 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
14247 ;;;;;; (14477 53255))
14248 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
14250 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
14251 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
14253 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
14254 Compose Thai characters in the region.
14255 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14256 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
14258 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
14259 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
14261 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
14262 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
14264 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
14266 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
14267 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
14268 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
14269 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
14272 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
14276 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
14277 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
14278 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14495 17997))
14279 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
14281 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
14282 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
14284 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14285 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
14286 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14287 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14288 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14290 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14291 a symbol as a valid THING.
14293 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
14294 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
14296 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14297 Return the THING at point.
14298 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14299 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14300 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14302 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14303 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
14305 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14307 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14309 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14311 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14315 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
14316 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
14317 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
14318 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment)
14319 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14568 36412))
14320 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
14322 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
14324 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
14325 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
14326 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
14328 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
14329 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
14331 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
14332 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
14333 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
14335 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
14336 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
14338 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
14339 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
14341 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region))
14343 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string))
14345 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14347 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14348 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
14349 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
14351 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14352 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
14353 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
14355 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14357 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14361 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
14362 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
14363 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
14365 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
14366 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
14367 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14368 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14370 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14372 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
14373 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
14374 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14375 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14377 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14381 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
14382 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14526 14916))
14383 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
14385 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
14386 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14388 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
14390 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14392 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
14394 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
14395 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
14397 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
14398 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14399 This display updates automatically every minute.
14400 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14401 are displayed as well.
14402 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14404 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
14405 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14406 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
14408 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
14409 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14410 are displayed as well.
14411 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14415 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
14416 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147))
14417 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
14419 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
14420 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
14421 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
14422 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
14423 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
14424 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
14425 look like one of the following:
14428 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
14429 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
14430 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
14431 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
14432 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
14433 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
14436 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
14437 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
14438 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14442 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
14443 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
14444 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
14445 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
14447 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
14449 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
14450 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
14452 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
14453 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
14455 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
14456 Perform an action at time TIME.
14457 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14458 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
14459 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
14460 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
14461 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
14462 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14464 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14466 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
14467 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
14468 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14469 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
14470 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14472 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14474 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
14475 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
14476 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
14477 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
14479 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
14480 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14481 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14482 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
14483 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14485 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14486 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
14488 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
14489 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
14490 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
14491 The call should look like:
14492 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
14493 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
14494 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
14495 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
14496 be detected." nil (quote macro))
14500 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
14501 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
14502 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
14504 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14505 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
14506 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
14507 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
14509 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14510 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
14511 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
14512 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
14513 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
14514 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
14515 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
14519 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
14520 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719))
14521 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
14522 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
14523 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
14524 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
14526 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
14527 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14528 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
14529 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
14530 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
14532 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
14533 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14534 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
14535 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
14536 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
14538 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
14539 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
14540 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
14541 in the menu in two ways:
14542 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
14543 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
14544 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
14546 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
14547 keymap or an alist of alists.
14548 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
14549 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
14553 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
14554 ;;;;;; (14495 17998))
14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
14557 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
14558 Mode for tooltip display.
14559 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
14561 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
14562 Toggle tooltip-mode.
14563 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14564 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
14566 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14568 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
14572 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
14574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
14576 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14578 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14580 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
14581 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
14585 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
14586 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
14587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
14589 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
14590 Set scroll margins." t nil)
14592 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
14593 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
14595 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
14596 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
14600 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
14601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
14603 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
14604 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
14605 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
14606 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
14607 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
14611 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
14612 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
14613 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
14615 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
14616 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
14618 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
14619 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
14620 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14621 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14622 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14623 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
14624 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
14625 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
14627 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
14628 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
14629 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14630 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14631 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14632 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
14633 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
14637 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
14638 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
14639 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
14640 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
14641 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
14642 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
14644 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
14645 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
14646 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
14647 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
14648 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
14649 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
14650 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
14652 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
14653 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
14654 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
14655 accepting the proposed default buffer.
14657 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14659 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
14660 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
14661 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
14662 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
14663 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
14664 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
14665 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
14667 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
14668 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
14670 First column's text sSs Second column's text
14673 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
14675 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14679 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
14680 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
14681 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
14682 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
14683 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
14685 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
14686 Toggle typing break mode.
14687 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
14688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14689 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
14691 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14693 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
14695 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
14696 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
14698 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
14699 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
14701 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
14702 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
14703 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
14705 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
14706 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
14708 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
14709 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
14710 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
14712 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
14713 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
14714 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
14715 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
14716 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
14717 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
14719 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
14720 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
14721 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
14722 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
14724 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
14725 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
14727 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
14728 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
14730 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
14731 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
14732 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
14734 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
14735 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
14736 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
14737 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
14738 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
14739 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
14740 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
14742 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
14743 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
14745 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
14746 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
14747 reset the keystroke counter.
14749 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
14750 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
14751 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
14752 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
14754 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
14755 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
14756 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
14757 `type-break-schedule' command.
14759 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
14760 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
14761 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
14762 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
14763 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
14764 or not to continue.
14766 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
14767 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
14768 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
14769 approximate good values for this.
14771 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
14772 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
14774 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
14775 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
14776 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
14777 `type-break-warning-repeat'
14778 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
14779 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
14781 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
14782 a typing break occur. They include:
14784 `type-break-query-mode'
14785 `type-break-query-function'
14786 `type-break-query-interval'
14788 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
14790 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
14791 Take a typing break.
14793 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
14794 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
14796 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
14797 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
14799 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
14800 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
14801 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
14802 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
14804 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
14805 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
14807 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
14808 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
14809 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
14810 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
14811 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
14812 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
14813 average typing speed.)
14815 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
14816 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
14817 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
14818 the computed maximum threshold.
14820 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
14821 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
14822 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
14823 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
14824 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
14828 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
14829 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
14830 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
14832 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
14833 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
14834 Works by overstriking underscores.
14835 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14836 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14838 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
14839 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
14840 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14841 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14845 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
14846 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
14847 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
14849 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14850 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
14851 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
14853 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14854 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
14855 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
14856 following the containing message." t nil)
14860 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
14861 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
14862 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
14864 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14865 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
14866 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
14867 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
14868 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
14869 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
14871 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14872 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
14876 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
14877 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
14878 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
14880 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
14881 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
14882 This function has a choice of three things to do:
14883 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
14884 to refrain from editing the file
14885 return t (grab the lock on the file)
14886 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
14887 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
14888 in any way you like." nil nil)
14890 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
14891 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
14892 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
14893 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
14894 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
14896 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
14897 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
14901 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
14902 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
14903 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
14904 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
14905 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
14906 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14565
14908 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
14910 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
14911 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
14914 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
14915 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
14918 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
14919 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
14921 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
14922 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
14923 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
14924 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
14925 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
14926 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
14928 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
14929 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
14930 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
14931 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
14933 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
14934 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
14935 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
14936 it will operate on the file in the current line.
14937 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
14938 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
14939 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
14940 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
14941 lock steals will raise an error.
14942 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
14944 For RCS and SCCS files:
14945 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14947 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
14948 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
14949 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
14950 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
14951 it performs a revert.
14952 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
14953 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
14954 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
14955 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
14956 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
14957 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
14958 the option to steal the lock.
14961 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14962 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
14963 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
14964 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
14965 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
14966 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
14967 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
14968 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
14969 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
14971 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
14972 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
14974 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
14975 Display diffs between file versions.
14976 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
14977 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
14978 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
14979 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
14981 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
14982 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
14983 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
14984 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
14986 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
14987 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
14988 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
14989 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
14991 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
14993 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
14994 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
14995 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
14997 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
14999 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
15000 Make a snapshot called NAME.
15001 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
15002 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
15003 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
15005 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
15006 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
15007 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
15008 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
15009 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
15010 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
15011 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
15013 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
15014 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
15016 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
15017 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
15018 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
15019 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
15020 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
15021 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
15023 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
15024 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
15025 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
15027 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
15028 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
15030 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
15031 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
15032 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
15033 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
15034 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
15036 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
15038 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
15039 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
15040 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
15042 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
15043 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
15044 default directory." t nil)
15046 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
15047 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
15048 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
15049 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
15051 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
15052 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
15053 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
15054 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
15058 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
15059 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
15060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
15062 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
15063 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
15068 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
15069 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
15070 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
15071 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
15072 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
15073 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
15074 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
15075 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
15076 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
15077 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
15078 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
15079 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
15080 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
15081 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
15082 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
15083 The following abbreviations can also be used:
15084 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
15085 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
15086 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
15088 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
15089 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
15090 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
15092 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
15093 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
15094 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
15095 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
15096 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
15097 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
15098 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
15099 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
15100 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
15102 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
15103 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
15104 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
15105 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
15106 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
15107 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
15108 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
15109 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
15111 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
15112 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
15113 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
15116 `--' puts a single comment.
15117 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
15118 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
15119 comment in between.
15120 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
15122 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
15123 uncomments a region if already commented out.
15125 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
15126 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
15127 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
15128 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
15129 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
15130 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
15131 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
15132 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
15133 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
15134 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
15135 multi-line comments.
15137 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
15138 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
15139 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
15140 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
15141 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
15142 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
15143 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
15144 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
15145 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
15147 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
15148 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
15149 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
15150 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
15151 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
15152 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
15153 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
15154 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
15155 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
15156 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
15158 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
15159 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
15160 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
15161 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
15162 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
15163 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
15164 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
15165 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
15166 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
15167 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
15168 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
15169 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
15170 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
15172 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
15174 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
15177 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
15179 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
15180 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
15181 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
15182 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
15183 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
15185 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
15186 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
15187 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
15188 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
15189 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
15190 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
15191 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
15192 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
15193 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
15195 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
15196 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
15197 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
15198 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
15201 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
15202 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
15203 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
15204 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
15205 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
15206 the current directory for VHDL source files.
15208 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
15209 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
15210 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
15211 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
15212 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
15213 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
15214 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
15215 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
15216 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
15217 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
15218 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
15220 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
15221 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
15224 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
15225 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
15226 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
15227 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
15228 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
15229 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
15230 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
15231 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
15233 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
15234 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
15235 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
15236 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
15237 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
15238 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
15240 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
15241 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
15242 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
15243 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
15244 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
15246 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
15247 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
15248 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
15249 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
15250 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
15252 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
15253 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
15254 highlighted if written in lower case.
15256 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
15257 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
15260 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
15261 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
15262 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
15264 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
15265 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
15266 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
15268 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
15269 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
15270 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
15272 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
15273 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
15274 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
15275 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
15276 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
15277 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
15278 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
15280 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
15281 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
15282 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
15283 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
15284 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
15286 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
15287 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
15288 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
15289 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15292 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
15298 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
15299 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
15301 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15303 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
15304 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
15305 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
15306 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15308 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
15309 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
15310 version and release notes can be found.
15313 Bugs and Limitations:
15314 ---------------------
15316 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
15317 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
15318 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
15319 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
15320 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
15321 does not work under XEmacs.
15324 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
15325 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
15330 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
15334 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
15335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
15337 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
15338 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
15339 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
15340 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
15342 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
15343 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
15344 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
15345 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
15346 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
15348 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
15349 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
15351 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
15353 * Limitations and unsupported features
15354 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
15356 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
15357 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
15360 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
15361 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
15362 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
15363 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
15364 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
15365 for undoing a repeated change command.
15366 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
15367 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
15368 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
15371 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
15372 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
15373 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
15374 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
15375 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
15376 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
15377 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
15378 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
15380 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
15384 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
15385 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
15386 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
15387 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
15388 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
15390 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
15391 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
15393 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
15394 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
15396 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15397 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
15398 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15399 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15401 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15402 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
15404 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15405 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
15406 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15407 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15409 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15410 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
15412 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15414 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15418 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
15419 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
15420 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
15422 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
15424 (defvar view-mode nil "\
15425 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
15426 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
15427 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
15429 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
15431 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
15432 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15433 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15434 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15435 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15436 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15437 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15439 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15441 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
15442 View FILE in View mode in another window.
15443 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
15444 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15445 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15446 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15447 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15448 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15450 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15452 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
15453 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
15454 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
15455 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15456 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15457 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15458 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15459 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15461 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15463 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
15464 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15465 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15466 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15467 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15468 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15469 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15471 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15473 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15474 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15475 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15477 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
15478 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
15479 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15480 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15481 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15482 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15483 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15484 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15486 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15488 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15489 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15490 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15492 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
15493 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
15494 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15495 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15496 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15497 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15498 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15499 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15501 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15503 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15504 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15505 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15507 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
15508 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
15509 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
15511 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
15512 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
15513 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
15516 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
15517 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
15518 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
15519 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
15520 commands default to a repeat count of one.
15522 H, h, ? This message.
15523 Digits provide prefix arguments.
15524 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
15525 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
15526 > move to the end of buffer.
15527 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
15528 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
15529 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
15530 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
15531 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
15532 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15533 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15534 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15535 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
15536 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15537 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
15538 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
15539 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
15540 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
15541 Use this to view a changing file.
15542 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
15543 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
15544 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
15546 x exchanges point and mark.
15547 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
15548 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
15549 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
15550 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
15551 ' go to position saved in character register.
15552 s do forward incremental search.
15553 r do reverse incremental search.
15554 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
15555 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
15556 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
15557 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
15558 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
15559 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
15560 p searches backward for last regular expression.
15561 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
15562 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
15563 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
15564 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
15565 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
15566 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
15567 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
15568 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
15570 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
15571 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
15572 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
15573 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
15574 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
15575 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
15576 will return to that buffer.
15578 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15580 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
15581 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
15582 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
15583 `view-return-to-alist'.
15584 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
15585 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
15586 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
15588 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
15589 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
15590 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
15591 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
15592 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
15594 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
15595 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
15596 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
15597 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
15599 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15601 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
15603 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
15604 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
15608 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
15609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
15611 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
15612 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
15616 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
15617 ;;;;;; (14522 27540))
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
15620 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
15621 Toggle Viper on/off.
15622 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
15624 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
15625 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
15629 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
15630 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
15632 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
15633 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
15635 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
15638 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
15639 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
15644 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
15645 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
15647 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
15648 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
15649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15650 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
15652 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
15654 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
15656 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
15658 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
15659 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
15660 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
15661 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
15663 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
15664 and off otherwise." t nil)
15668 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
15669 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
15670 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14495 17999))
15671 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
15673 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
15674 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
15676 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15677 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15678 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
15679 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15680 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15682 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
15684 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
15685 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
15687 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
15688 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
15690 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
15691 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
15693 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
15694 whitespace problems." t nil)
15696 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
15697 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
15699 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
15700 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
15702 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
15703 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
15705 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15706 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15707 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
15708 replaced with TABS).
15709 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15710 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15712 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
15714 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
15715 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
15717 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
15718 i - Indentation whitespace.
15719 l - Leading whitespace.
15720 s - Space followed by Tab.
15721 t - Trailing whitespace.
15723 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
15726 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
15727 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
15728 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
15729 always they default to 8.)
15731 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
15732 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
15735 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
15736 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
15737 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
15738 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
15739 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
15740 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
15741 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
15744 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
15747 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
15748 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
15749 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
15753 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
15754 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
15755 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
15757 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
15758 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
15760 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
15761 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
15763 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
15764 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
15766 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
15767 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
15768 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15772 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
15773 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14508 6458))
15774 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
15776 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
15777 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
15778 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
15780 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
15781 Create widget of TYPE.
15782 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
15784 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
15785 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
15789 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
15790 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
15792 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
15794 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
15795 Select the window to the left of the current one.
15796 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15797 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15798 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
15799 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15800 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15802 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
15803 Select the window above the current one.
15804 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
15805 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
15806 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
15807 negative ARG) of the current window.
15808 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15810 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
15811 Select the window to the right of the current one.
15812 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15813 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
15814 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
15815 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
15816 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15818 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
15819 Select the window below the current one.
15820 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15821 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15822 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
15823 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15824 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15826 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
15827 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
15831 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
15832 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
15833 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
15835 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
15836 Toggle winner-mode.
15837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15838 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
15840 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15842 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
15844 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
15845 Toggle Winner mode.
15846 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15850 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
15851 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
15852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
15854 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
15855 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
15858 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
15859 are not implemented
15860 - Options for search and replace
15861 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
15862 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
15864 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
15867 The key bindings are:
15877 C-i indent-for-tab-command
15879 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
15880 C-l ws-repeat-search
15883 C-r scroll-down-line
15890 C-y kill-complete-line
15893 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
15894 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
15895 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
15896 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
15897 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
15898 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
15899 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
15900 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
15901 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
15902 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
15903 C-k b ws-begin-block
15904 C-k c ws-copy-block
15905 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
15907 C-k h ws-show-markers
15908 C-k i ws-indent-block
15910 C-k p ws-print-block
15913 C-k s save-some-buffers
15915 C-k u ws-exdent-block
15916 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
15917 C-k v ws-move-block
15918 C-k w ws-write-block
15920 C-k y ws-delete-block
15922 C-o c wordstar-center-line
15923 C-o b switch-to-buffer
15924 C-o j justify-current-line
15927 C-o m auto-fill-mode
15928 C-o r set-fill-column
15929 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
15930 C-o wd delete-other-windows
15931 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
15932 C-o wo other-window
15933 C-o wv split-window-vertically
15935 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
15936 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
15937 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
15938 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
15939 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
15940 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
15941 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
15942 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
15943 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
15944 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
15945 C-q a ws-query-replace
15946 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
15947 C-q c end-of-buffer
15950 C-q k ws-to-block-end
15952 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
15953 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
15954 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
15955 C-q w ws-last-error
15957 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
15962 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
15964 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
15966 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
15967 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
15968 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
15970 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
15974 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
15975 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
15976 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
15978 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
15979 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
15981 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
15982 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
15984 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
15985 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
15986 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
15988 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
15989 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
15994 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
15997 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
15998 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
16000 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
16001 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
16003 Zone-mode does two things:
16005 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
16006 when saving the file
16008 - fontification" t nil)
16012 ;;; Local Variables:
16013 ;;; version-control: never
16014 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
16015 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
16017 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here